Minki/linux
1
0
Fork 1
mirror of https://github.com/torvalds/linux.git synced 2024-11-26 06:02:05 +00:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
4c0c36863c
linux/net/mac80211/driver-ops.h

1720 lines
44 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

License cleanup: add SPDX GPL-2.0 license identifier to files with no license Many source files in the tree are missing licensing information, which makes it harder for compliance tools to determine the correct license. By default all files without license information are under the default license of the kernel, which is GPL version 2. Update the files which contain no license information with the 'GPL-2.0' SPDX license identifier. The SPDX identifier is a legally binding shorthand, which can be used instead of the full boiler plate text. This patch is based on work done by Thomas Gleixner and Kate Stewart and Philippe Ombredanne. How this work was done: Patches were generated and checked against linux-4.14-rc6 for a subset of the use cases: - file had no licensing information it it. - file was a */uapi/* one with no licensing information in it, - file was a */uapi/* one with existing licensing information, Further patches will be generated in subsequent months to fix up cases where non-standard license headers were used, and references to license had to be inferred by heuristics based on keywords. The analysis to determine which SPDX License Identifier to be applied to a file was done in a spreadsheet of side by side results from of the output of two independent scanners (ScanCode & Windriver) producing SPDX tag:value files created by Philippe Ombredanne. Philippe prepared the base worksheet, and did an initial spot review of a few 1000 files. The 4.13 kernel was the starting point of the analysis with 60,537 files assessed. Kate Stewart did a file by file comparison of the scanner results in the spreadsheet to determine which SPDX license identifier(s) to be applied to the file. She confirmed any determination that was not immediately clear with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Criteria used to select files for SPDX license identifier tagging was: - Files considered eligible had to be source code files. - Make and config files were included as candidates if they contained >5 lines of source - File already had some variant of a license header in it (even if <5 lines). All documentation files were explicitly excluded. The following heuristics were used to determine which SPDX license identifiers to apply. - when both scanners couldn't find any license traces, file was considered to have no license information in it, and the top level COPYING file license applied. For non */uapi/* files that summary was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 11139 and resulted in the first patch in this series. If that file was a */uapi/* path one, it was "GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note" otherwise it was "GPL-2.0". Results of that was: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------- GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 930 and resulted in the second patch in this series. - if a file had some form of licensing information in it, and was one of the */uapi/* ones, it was denoted with the Linux-syscall-note if any GPL family license was found in the file or had no licensing in it (per prior point). Results summary: SPDX license identifier # files ---------------------------------------------------|------ GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note 270 GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 169 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-2-Clause) 21 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 17 LGPL-2.1+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 15 GPL-1.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 14 ((GPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR BSD-3-Clause) 5 LGPL-2.0+ WITH Linux-syscall-note 4 LGPL-2.1 WITH Linux-syscall-note 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) OR MIT) 3 ((GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note) AND MIT) 1 and that resulted in the third patch in this series. - when the two scanners agreed on the detected license(s), that became the concluded license(s). - when there was disagreement between the two scanners (one detected a license but the other didn't, or they both detected different licenses) a manual inspection of the file occurred. - In most cases a manual inspection of the information in the file resulted in a clear resolution of the license that should apply (and which scanner probably needed to revisit its heuristics). - When it was not immediately clear, the license identifier was confirmed with lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. - If there was any question as to the appropriate license identifier, the file was flagged for further research and to be revisited later in time. In total, over 70 hours of logged manual review was done on the spreadsheet to determine the SPDX license identifiers to apply to the source files by Kate, Philippe, Thomas and, in some cases, confirmation by lawyers working with the Linux Foundation. Kate also obtained a third independent scan of the 4.13 code base from FOSSology, and compared selected files where the other two scanners disagreed against that SPDX file, to see if there was new insights. The Windriver scanner is based on an older version of FOSSology in part, so they are related. Thomas did random spot checks in about 500 files from the spreadsheets for the uapi headers and agreed with SPDX license identifier in the files he inspected. For the non-uapi files Thomas did random spot checks in about 15000 files. In initial set of patches against 4.14-rc6, 3 files were found to have copy/paste license identifier errors, and have been fixed to reflect the correct identifier. Additionally Philippe spent 10 hours this week doing a detailed manual inspection and review of the 12,461 patched files from the initial patch version early this week with: - a full scancode scan run, collecting the matched texts, detected license ids and scores - reviewing anything where there was a license detected (about 500+ files) to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct - reviewing anything where there was no detection but the patch license was not GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note to ensure that the applied SPDX license was correct This produced a worksheet with 20 files needing minor correction. This worksheet was then exported into 3 different .csv files for the different types of files to be modified. These .csv files were then reviewed by Greg. Thomas wrote a script to parse the csv files and add the proper SPDX tag to the file, in the format that the file expected. This script was further refined by Greg based on the output to detect more types of files automatically and to distinguish between header and source .c files (which need different comment types.) Finally Greg ran the script using the .csv files to generate the patches. Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Philippe Ombredanne <pombredanne@nexb.com> Reviewed-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2017-11-01 14:07:57 +00:00
/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
mac80211: synchronize driver rx queues before removing a station Some devices, like iwlwifi, have RSS queues. This may cause a situation where a disassociation is handled in control path and results in station removal while there are prior RX frames that were still not processed in other queues. When they will be processed the station will be gone, and the frames will be dropped. Add a synchronization interface to avoid that. When driver returns from the synchronization mac80211 may remove the station. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-03-02 21:46:14 +00:00
/*
* Portions of this file
* Copyright(c) 2016 Intel Deutschland GmbH
wifi: mac80211: pass link conf to abort_channel_switch Pass the link conf to the abort_channel_switch driver method so the driver can handle things correctly. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Miriam Rachel Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240228095718.27f621106ddd.Iadd3d69b722ffe5934779a32a0e4e596a4e33ed4@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2024-02-28 08:55:44 +00:00
* Copyright (C) 2018-2019, 2021-2024 Intel Corporation
mac80211: synchronize driver rx queues before removing a station Some devices, like iwlwifi, have RSS queues. This may cause a situation where a disassociation is handled in control path and results in station removal while there are prior RX frames that were still not processed in other queues. When they will be processed the station will be gone, and the frames will be dropped. Add a synchronization interface to avoid that. When driver returns from the synchronization mac80211 may remove the station. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-03-02 21:46:14 +00:00
*/
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
#ifndef __MAC80211_DRIVER_OPS
#define __MAC80211_DRIVER_OPS
#include <net/mac80211.h>
#include "ieee80211_i.h"
mac80211: rename driver-trace file This file will contain more soon, so rename it to just trace. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-22 10:55:52 +00:00
#include "trace.h"
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
mac80211: warn only once in check_sdata_in_driver() at each caller Ben Greear has repeatedly reported in the past (for a few years probably) that this triggers repeatedly in certain scenarios. Make this a macro so that each callsite can trigger the warning only once - that will still give us an idea of what's going on and what paths can reach it, but avoids being too noisy. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200730155212.06fd3a95dbfb.I0b16829aabfaf5f642bce401502a29d16e2dd444@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-07-30 13:52:13 +00:00
#define check_sdata_in_driver(sdata) ({ \
wifi: mac80211: stop warning after reconfig failures If we have a reconfig failure in the driver, then we need to shut down the network interface(s) at the network stack level through cfg80211, which can result in a lot of those "Failed check-sdata-in-driver check, ..." warnings, since interfaces are considered to not be in the driver when the reconfiguration fails, but we still need to go through all the shutdown flow. Avoid many of these warnings by storing the fact that the stack experienced a reconfiguration failure and not doing the warning in that case. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230604120651.3750c4ae6e76.I9e80d6026f59263c008a1a68f6cd6891ca0b93b0@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-06-04 09:11:28 +00:00
WARN_ONCE(!sdata->local->reconfig_failure && \
!(sdata->flags & IEEE80211_SDATA_IN_DRIVER), \
"%s: Failed check-sdata-in-driver check, flags: 0x%x\n", \
sdata->dev ? sdata->dev->name : sdata->name, sdata->flags); \
!!(sdata->flags & IEEE80211_SDATA_IN_DRIVER); \
mac80211: warn only once in check_sdata_in_driver() at each caller Ben Greear has repeatedly reported in the past (for a few years probably) that this triggers repeatedly in certain scenarios. Make this a macro so that each callsite can trigger the warning only once - that will still give us an idea of what's going on and what paths can reach it, but avoids being too noisy. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200730155212.06fd3a95dbfb.I0b16829aabfaf5f642bce401502a29d16e2dd444@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-07-30 13:52:13 +00:00
})
mac80211: verify virtual interfaces in driver API The driver is never informed about monitor or AP_VLAN interfaces, so whenever we pass those to it later this is a bug. Verify we don't as there are some cases where this could happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-03 13:41:13 +00:00
mac80211: do not pass AP VLAN vif pointers to drivers This fixes frequent WARN_ONs when using AP VLAN + aggregation, as these vifs are virtual and not registered with drivers. Use sta_info_get_bss instead of sta_info_get in aggregation callbacks, so that these callbacks can find the station entry when called with the AP vif. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-23 14:09:49 +00:00
static inline struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *
get_bss_sdata(struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata)
{
wifi: mac80211: do not pass AP_VLAN vif pointer to drivers during flush This fixes WARN_ONs when using AP_VLANs after station removal. The flush call passed AP_VLAN vif to driver, but because these vifs are virtual and not registered with drivers, we need to translate to the correct AP vif first. Closes: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/issues/12420 Fixes: 0b75a1b1e42e ("wifi: mac80211: flush queues on STA removal") Fixes: d00800a289c9 ("wifi: mac80211: add flush_sta method") Tested-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com> Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@citymesh.com> Signed-off-by: Oldřich Jedlička <oldium.pro@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231104141333.3710-1-oldium.pro@gmail.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-11-04 14:13:33 +00:00
if (sdata && sdata->vif.type == NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN)
mac80211: do not pass AP VLAN vif pointers to drivers This fixes frequent WARN_ONs when using AP VLAN + aggregation, as these vifs are virtual and not registered with drivers. Use sta_info_get_bss instead of sta_info_get in aggregation callbacks, so that these callbacks can find the station entry when called with the AP vif. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-23 14:09:49 +00:00
sdata = container_of(sdata->bss, struct ieee80211_sub_if_data,
u.ap);
return sdata;
}
mac80211: move TX station pointer and restructure TX Remove the control.sta pointer from ieee80211_tx_info to free up sufficient space in the TX skb control buffer for the upcoming Transmit Power Control (TPC). Instead, the pointer is now on the stack in a new control struct that is passed as a function parameter to the drivers' tx method. Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de> Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [reworded commit message] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-23 19:33:42 +00:00
static inline void drv_tx(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_tx_control *control,
struct sk_buff *skb)
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
{
mac80211: move TX station pointer and restructure TX Remove the control.sta pointer from ieee80211_tx_info to free up sufficient space in the TX skb control buffer for the upcoming Transmit Power Control (TPC). Instead, the pointer is now on the stack in a new control struct that is passed as a function parameter to the drivers' tx method. Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de> Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net> Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [reworded commit message] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-07-23 19:33:42 +00:00
local->ops->tx(&local->hw, control, skb);
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
}
mac80211: synchronize driver rx queues before removing a station Some devices, like iwlwifi, have RSS queues. This may cause a situation where a disassociation is handled in control path and results in station removal while there are prior RX frames that were still not processed in other queues. When they will be processed the station will be gone, and the frames will be dropped. Add a synchronization interface to avoid that. When driver returns from the synchronization mac80211 may remove the station. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-03-02 21:46:14 +00:00
static inline void drv_sync_rx_queues(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct sta_info *sta)
{
wifi: mac80211: add more ops assertions Add more might_sleep() checks and check sdata-in-driver for one additional place. type=feature ticket=jira:WIFI-314309 Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:36 +00:00
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
wifi: mac80211: add more ops assertions Add more might_sleep() checks and check sdata-in-driver for one additional place. type=feature ticket=jira:WIFI-314309 Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:36 +00:00
mac80211: synchronize driver rx queues before removing a station Some devices, like iwlwifi, have RSS queues. This may cause a situation where a disassociation is handled in control path and results in station removal while there are prior RX frames that were still not processed in other queues. When they will be processed the station will be gone, and the frames will be dropped. Add a synchronization interface to avoid that. When driver returns from the synchronization mac80211 may remove the station. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-03-02 21:46:14 +00:00
if (local->ops->sync_rx_queues) {
trace_drv_sync_rx_queues(local, sta->sdata, &sta->sta);
local->ops->sync_rx_queues(&local->hw);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
}
mac80211: Framework to get wifi-driver stats via ethtool. This adds hooks to call into the driver to get additional stats for the ethtool API. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-23 19:50:31 +00:00
static inline void drv_get_et_strings(struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
u32 sset, u8 *data)
{
struct ieee80211_local *local = sdata->local;
if (local->ops->get_et_strings) {
trace_drv_get_et_strings(local, sset);
local->ops->get_et_strings(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, sset, data);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
}
static inline void drv_get_et_stats(struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ethtool_stats *stats,
u64 *data)
{
struct ieee80211_local *local = sdata->local;
if (local->ops->get_et_stats) {
trace_drv_get_et_stats(local);
local->ops->get_et_stats(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, stats, data);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
}
static inline int drv_get_et_sset_count(struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
int sset)
{
struct ieee80211_local *local = sdata->local;
int rv = 0;
if (local->ops->get_et_sset_count) {
trace_drv_get_et_sset_count(local, sset);
rv = local->ops->get_et_sset_count(&local->hw, &sdata->vif,
sset);
trace_drv_return_int(local, rv);
}
return rv;
}
mac80211: call drv_stop only if driver is started If drv_start() fails during hw_restart, all the running interfaces are being closed/stopped, which results in drv_stop() being called, although the driver was never started successfully. This might cause drivers to perform operations on uninitialized memory (as they assume it was initialized on drv_start) Consider the local->started flag, and call the driver's stop() op only if drv_start() succeeded before. Move drv_start() and drv_stop() to driver-ops.c, as they are no longer simple wrappers. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-10-25 08:59:36 +00:00
int drv_start(struct ieee80211_local *local);
void drv_stop(struct ieee80211_local *local);
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
mac80211: add basic support for WoWLAN This adds basic support for the new WoWLAN configuration in mac80211. The behaviour is completely offloaded to the driver though, with two new callbacks (suspend/resume). Options for the driver include a complete reconfiguration after wakeup, and exposing all the triggers it wants to support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-04 13:37:29 +00:00
#ifdef CONFIG_PM
static inline int drv_suspend(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan)
{
int ret;
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: add basic support for WoWLAN This adds basic support for the new WoWLAN configuration in mac80211. The behaviour is completely offloaded to the driver though, with two new callbacks (suspend/resume). Options for the driver include a complete reconfiguration after wakeup, and exposing all the triggers it wants to support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-04 13:37:29 +00:00
trace_drv_suspend(local);
ret = local->ops->suspend(&local->hw, wowlan);
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
return ret;
}
static inline int drv_resume(struct ieee80211_local *local)
{
int ret;
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: add basic support for WoWLAN This adds basic support for the new WoWLAN configuration in mac80211. The behaviour is completely offloaded to the driver though, with two new callbacks (suspend/resume). Options for the driver include a complete reconfiguration after wakeup, and exposing all the triggers it wants to support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-04 13:37:29 +00:00
trace_drv_resume(local);
ret = local->ops->resume(&local->hw);
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
return ret;
}
cfg80211/mac80211: enable proper device_set_wakeup_enable handling In WoWLAN, we only get the triggers when we actually get to suspend. As a consequence, drivers currently don't know that the device should enable wakeup. However, the device_set_wakeup_enable() API is intended to be called when the wakeup is enabled, not later when needed. Add a new set_wakeup() call to cfg80211 and mac80211 to allow drivers to properly call device_set_wakeup_enable. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-04 13:05:25 +00:00
static inline void drv_set_wakeup(struct ieee80211_local *local,
bool enabled)
{
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
cfg80211/mac80211: enable proper device_set_wakeup_enable handling In WoWLAN, we only get the triggers when we actually get to suspend. As a consequence, drivers currently don't know that the device should enable wakeup. However, the device_set_wakeup_enable() API is intended to be called when the wakeup is enabled, not later when needed. Add a new set_wakeup() call to cfg80211 and mac80211 to allow drivers to properly call device_set_wakeup_enable. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-04-04 13:05:25 +00:00
if (!local->ops->set_wakeup)
return;
trace_drv_set_wakeup(local, enabled);
local->ops->set_wakeup(&local->hw, enabled);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
mac80211: add basic support for WoWLAN This adds basic support for the new WoWLAN configuration in mac80211. The behaviour is completely offloaded to the driver though, with two new callbacks (suspend/resume). Options for the driver include a complete reconfiguration after wakeup, and exposing all the triggers it wants to support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-04 13:37:29 +00:00
#endif
mac80211: Deinline drv_add/remove/change_interface() With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config_ALLYES_Os, after deinlining these functions have sizes and callsite counts as follows: drv_add_interface: 638 bytes, 5 calls drv_remove_interface: 611 bytes, 6 calls drv_change_interface: 658 bytes, 1 call Total size reduction is about 9 kbytes. Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com> CC: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> CC: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> CC: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-09-18 13:19:38 +00:00
int drv_add_interface(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata);
mac80211: verify virtual interfaces in driver API The driver is never informed about monitor or AP_VLAN interfaces, so whenever we pass those to it later this is a bug. Verify we don't as there are some cases where this could happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-03 13:41:13 +00:00
mac80211: Deinline drv_add/remove/change_interface() With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config_ALLYES_Os, after deinlining these functions have sizes and callsite counts as follows: drv_add_interface: 638 bytes, 5 calls drv_remove_interface: 611 bytes, 6 calls drv_change_interface: 658 bytes, 1 call Total size reduction is about 9 kbytes. Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com> CC: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> CC: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> CC: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-09-18 13:19:38 +00:00
int drv_change_interface(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p);
mac80211: verify virtual interfaces in driver API The driver is never informed about monitor or AP_VLAN interfaces, so whenever we pass those to it later this is a bug. Verify we don't as there are some cases where this could happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-03 13:41:13 +00:00
mac80211: Deinline drv_add/remove/change_interface() With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config_ALLYES_Os, after deinlining these functions have sizes and callsite counts as follows: drv_add_interface: 638 bytes, 5 calls drv_remove_interface: 611 bytes, 6 calls drv_change_interface: 658 bytes, 1 call Total size reduction is about 9 kbytes. Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com> CC: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> CC: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> CC: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-09-18 13:19:38 +00:00
void drv_remove_interface(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata);
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
static inline int drv_config(struct ieee80211_local *local, u32 changed)
{
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 12:15:47 +00:00
int ret;
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 12:15:47 +00:00
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 08:56:20 +00:00
trace_drv_config(local, changed);
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 12:15:47 +00:00
ret = local->ops->config(&local->hw, changed);
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 08:56:20 +00:00
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 11:46:22 +00:00
return ret;
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
}
wifi: mac80211: split bss_info_changed method Split the bss_info_changed method to vif_cfg_changed and link_info_changed, with the latter getting a link ID. Also change the 'changed' parameter to u64 already, we know we need that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2022-05-24 08:55:56 +00:00
static inline void drv_vif_cfg_changed(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
u64 changed)
{
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
wifi: mac80211: split bss_info_changed method Split the bss_info_changed method to vif_cfg_changed and link_info_changed, with the latter getting a link ID. Also change the 'changed' parameter to u64 already, we know we need that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2022-05-24 08:55:56 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return;
trace_drv_vif_cfg_changed(local, sdata, changed);
if (local->ops->vif_cfg_changed)
local->ops->vif_cfg_changed(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, changed);
else if (local->ops->bss_info_changed)
local->ops->bss_info_changed(&local->hw, &sdata->vif,
&sdata->vif.bss_conf, changed);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
wifi: mac80211: isolate driver from inactive links In order to let the driver select active links and properly make multi-link connections, as a first step isolate the driver from inactive links, and set the active links to be only the association link for client-side interfaces. For AP side nothing changes since APs always have to have all their links active. To simplify things, update the for_each_sta_active_link() API to include the appropriate vif pointer. This also implies not allocating a chanctx for an inactive link, which requires a few more changes. Since we now no longer try to program multiple links to the driver, remove the check in the MLME code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2022-09-02 14:12:42 +00:00
void drv_link_info_changed(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
int link_id, u64 changed);
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
mac80211: allow configure_filter callback to sleep Over time, a whole bunch of drivers have come up with their own scheme to delay the configure_filter operation to a workqueue. To be able to simplify things, allow configure_filter to sleep, and add a new prepare_multicast callback that drivers that need the multicast address list implement. This new callback must be atomic, but most drivers either don't care or just calculate a hash which can be done atomically and then uploaded to the hardware non-atomically. A cursory look suggests that at76c50x-usb, ar9170, mwl8k (which is actually very broken now), rt2x00, wl1251, wl1271 and zd1211 should make use of this new capability. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-17 14:16:53 +00:00
static inline u64 drv_prepare_multicast(struct ieee80211_local *local,
net: convert multicast list to list_head Converts the list and the core manipulating with it to be the same as uc_list. +uses two functions for adding/removing mc address (normal and "global" variant) instead of a function parameter. +removes dev_mcast.c completely. +exposes netdev_hw_addr_list_* macros along with __hw_addr_* functions for manipulation with lists on a sandbox (used in bonding and 80211 drivers) Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 21:22:57 +00:00
struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list)
mac80211: allow configure_filter callback to sleep Over time, a whole bunch of drivers have come up with their own scheme to delay the configure_filter operation to a workqueue. To be able to simplify things, allow configure_filter to sleep, and add a new prepare_multicast callback that drivers that need the multicast address list implement. This new callback must be atomic, but most drivers either don't care or just calculate a hash which can be done atomically and then uploaded to the hardware non-atomically. A cursory look suggests that at76c50x-usb, ar9170, mwl8k (which is actually very broken now), rt2x00, wl1251, wl1271 and zd1211 should make use of this new capability. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-17 14:16:53 +00:00
{
u64 ret = 0;
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 08:56:20 +00:00
trace_drv_prepare_multicast(local, mc_list->count);
mac80211: allow configure_filter callback to sleep Over time, a whole bunch of drivers have come up with their own scheme to delay the configure_filter operation to a workqueue. To be able to simplify things, allow configure_filter to sleep, and add a new prepare_multicast callback that drivers that need the multicast address list implement. This new callback must be atomic, but most drivers either don't care or just calculate a hash which can be done atomically and then uploaded to the hardware non-atomically. A cursory look suggests that at76c50x-usb, ar9170, mwl8k (which is actually very broken now), rt2x00, wl1251, wl1271 and zd1211 should make use of this new capability. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-17 14:16:53 +00:00
if (local->ops->prepare_multicast)
net: convert multicast list to list_head Converts the list and the core manipulating with it to be the same as uc_list. +uses two functions for adding/removing mc address (normal and "global" variant) instead of a function parameter. +removes dev_mcast.c completely. +exposes netdev_hw_addr_list_* macros along with __hw_addr_* functions for manipulation with lists on a sandbox (used in bonding and 80211 drivers) Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-01 21:22:57 +00:00
ret = local->ops->prepare_multicast(&local->hw, mc_list);
mac80211: allow configure_filter callback to sleep Over time, a whole bunch of drivers have come up with their own scheme to delay the configure_filter operation to a workqueue. To be able to simplify things, allow configure_filter to sleep, and add a new prepare_multicast callback that drivers that need the multicast address list implement. This new callback must be atomic, but most drivers either don't care or just calculate a hash which can be done atomically and then uploaded to the hardware non-atomically. A cursory look suggests that at76c50x-usb, ar9170, mwl8k (which is actually very broken now), rt2x00, wl1251, wl1271 and zd1211 should make use of this new capability. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-17 14:16:53 +00:00
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 08:56:20 +00:00
trace_drv_return_u64(local, ret);
mac80211: allow configure_filter callback to sleep Over time, a whole bunch of drivers have come up with their own scheme to delay the configure_filter operation to a workqueue. To be able to simplify things, allow configure_filter to sleep, and add a new prepare_multicast callback that drivers that need the multicast address list implement. This new callback must be atomic, but most drivers either don't care or just calculate a hash which can be done atomically and then uploaded to the hardware non-atomically. A cursory look suggests that at76c50x-usb, ar9170, mwl8k (which is actually very broken now), rt2x00, wl1251, wl1271 and zd1211 should make use of this new capability. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-17 14:16:53 +00:00
return ret;
}
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
static inline void drv_configure_filter(struct ieee80211_local *local,
unsigned int changed_flags,
unsigned int *total_flags,
mac80211: allow configure_filter callback to sleep Over time, a whole bunch of drivers have come up with their own scheme to delay the configure_filter operation to a workqueue. To be able to simplify things, allow configure_filter to sleep, and add a new prepare_multicast callback that drivers that need the multicast address list implement. This new callback must be atomic, but most drivers either don't care or just calculate a hash which can be done atomically and then uploaded to the hardware non-atomically. A cursory look suggests that at76c50x-usb, ar9170, mwl8k (which is actually very broken now), rt2x00, wl1251, wl1271 and zd1211 should make use of this new capability. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-17 14:16:53 +00:00
u64 multicast)
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
{
mac80211: allow configure_filter callback to sleep Over time, a whole bunch of drivers have come up with their own scheme to delay the configure_filter operation to a workqueue. To be able to simplify things, allow configure_filter to sleep, and add a new prepare_multicast callback that drivers that need the multicast address list implement. This new callback must be atomic, but most drivers either don't care or just calculate a hash which can be done atomically and then uploaded to the hardware non-atomically. A cursory look suggests that at76c50x-usb, ar9170, mwl8k (which is actually very broken now), rt2x00, wl1251, wl1271 and zd1211 should make use of this new capability. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-17 14:16:53 +00:00
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: allow configure_filter callback to sleep Over time, a whole bunch of drivers have come up with their own scheme to delay the configure_filter operation to a workqueue. To be able to simplify things, allow configure_filter to sleep, and add a new prepare_multicast callback that drivers that need the multicast address list implement. This new callback must be atomic, but most drivers either don't care or just calculate a hash which can be done atomically and then uploaded to the hardware non-atomically. A cursory look suggests that at76c50x-usb, ar9170, mwl8k (which is actually very broken now), rt2x00, wl1251, wl1271 and zd1211 should make use of this new capability. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-17 14:16:53 +00:00
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 11:46:22 +00:00
trace_drv_configure_filter(local, changed_flags, total_flags,
mac80211: allow configure_filter callback to sleep Over time, a whole bunch of drivers have come up with their own scheme to delay the configure_filter operation to a workqueue. To be able to simplify things, allow configure_filter to sleep, and add a new prepare_multicast callback that drivers that need the multicast address list implement. This new callback must be atomic, but most drivers either don't care or just calculate a hash which can be done atomically and then uploaded to the hardware non-atomically. A cursory look suggests that at76c50x-usb, ar9170, mwl8k (which is actually very broken now), rt2x00, wl1251, wl1271 and zd1211 should make use of this new capability. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-08-17 14:16:53 +00:00
multicast);
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 08:56:20 +00:00
local->ops->configure_filter(&local->hw, changed_flags, total_flags,
multicast);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
}
mac80211: introduce per vif frame registration API Currently the cfg80211's frame registration api receives wdev, however mac80211 assumes per device filter configuration and ignores wdev. Per device filtering is too wasteful, especially for multi-channel devices. Introduce new per vif frame registration API and use it for probe request registrations in ieee80211_mgmt_frame_register() Also call directly to ieee80211_configure_filter instead of using a work since it is now allowed to sleep in ieee80211_mgmt_frame_register. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-08-15 19:39:50 +00:00
static inline void drv_config_iface_filter(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
unsigned int filter_flags,
unsigned int changed_flags)
{
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: introduce per vif frame registration API Currently the cfg80211's frame registration api receives wdev, however mac80211 assumes per device filter configuration and ignores wdev. Per device filtering is too wasteful, especially for multi-channel devices. Introduce new per vif frame registration API and use it for probe request registrations in ieee80211_mgmt_frame_register() Also call directly to ieee80211_configure_filter instead of using a work since it is now allowed to sleep in ieee80211_mgmt_frame_register. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-08-15 19:39:50 +00:00
trace_drv_config_iface_filter(local, sdata, filter_flags,
changed_flags);
if (local->ops->config_iface_filter)
local->ops->config_iface_filter(&local->hw, &sdata->vif,
filter_flags,
changed_flags);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
static inline int drv_set_tim(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool set)
{
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 11:46:22 +00:00
int ret = 0;
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 08:56:20 +00:00
trace_drv_set_tim(local, sta, set);
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
if (local->ops->set_tim)
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 11:46:22 +00:00
ret = local->ops->set_tim(&local->hw, sta, set);
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 08:56:20 +00:00
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 11:46:22 +00:00
return ret;
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
}
wifi: mac80211: isolate driver from inactive links In order to let the driver select active links and properly make multi-link connections, as a first step isolate the driver from inactive links, and set the active links to be only the association link for client-side interfaces. For AP side nothing changes since APs always have to have all their links active. To simplify things, update the for_each_sta_active_link() API to include the appropriate vif pointer. This also implies not allocating a chanctx for an inactive link, which requires a few more changes. Since we now no longer try to program multiple links to the driver, remove the check in the MLME code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2022-09-02 14:12:42 +00:00
int drv_set_key(struct ieee80211_local *local,
enum set_key_cmd cmd,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
struct ieee80211_key_conf *key);
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
static inline void drv_update_tkip_key(struct ieee80211_local *local,
mac80211: pass vif and station to update_tkip_key When a TKIP key is updated, we should pass the station pointer instead of just the address, since drivers can use that to store their own data. We also need to pass the virtual interface pointer. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-21 10:40:47 +00:00
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf,
mac80211: pass vif and station to update_tkip_key When a TKIP key is updated, we should pass the station pointer instead of just the address, since drivers can use that to store their own data. We also need to pass the virtual interface pointer. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-21 10:40:47 +00:00
struct sta_info *sta, u32 iv32,
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
u16 *phase1key)
{
mac80211: pass vif and station to update_tkip_key When a TKIP key is updated, we should pass the station pointer instead of just the address, since drivers can use that to store their own data. We also need to pass the virtual interface pointer. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-21 10:40:47 +00:00
struct ieee80211_sta *ista = NULL;
if (sta)
ista = &sta->sta;
mac80211: simplify AP_VLAN handling Setting keys and updating TKIP keys must use the BSS sdata (not AP_VLAN), so we translate. Move the translation into driver-ops wrappers instead of having it inline in the code to simplify the normal code flow. The same can be done for sta_add/remove which already does the translation in the wrapper. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-20 12:55:18 +00:00
sdata = get_bss_sdata(sdata);
mac80211: handle failed restart/resume better When the driver fails during HW restart or resume, the whole stack goes into a very confused state with interfaces being up while the hardware is down etc. Address this by shutting down everything; we'll run into a lot of warnings in the process but that's better than having the whole stack get messed up. Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-30 12:19:04 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return;
mac80211: verify virtual interfaces in driver API The driver is never informed about monitor or AP_VLAN interfaces, so whenever we pass those to it later this is a bug. Verify we don't as there are some cases where this could happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-03 13:41:13 +00:00
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 08:56:20 +00:00
trace_drv_update_tkip_key(local, sdata, conf, ista, iv32);
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
if (local->ops->update_tkip_key)
mac80211: pass vif and station to update_tkip_key When a TKIP key is updated, we should pass the station pointer instead of just the address, since drivers can use that to store their own data. We also need to pass the virtual interface pointer. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-01-21 10:40:47 +00:00
local->ops->update_tkip_key(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, conf,
ista, iv32, phase1key);
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 08:56:20 +00:00
trace_drv_return_void(local);
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
}
static inline int drv_hw_scan(struct ieee80211_local *local,
mac80211: give virtual interface to hw_scan When scanning, it is somewhat important to scan on the correct virtual interface. All drivers that currently implement hw_scan only support a single virtual interface, but that may change and then we'd want to be ready. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-27 09:59:34 +00:00
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
mac80211: support more than one band in scan request Some drivers (such as iwlmvm) can handle multiple bands in a single HW scan request. Add a HW flag to indicate that the driver support this. To hold the required data, create a separate structure for HW scan request that holds cfg scan request and data about different parts of the scan IEs. As this changes the mac80211 API, update all drivers using it to use the correct new function type/argument. Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-05 13:21:13 +00:00
struct ieee80211_scan_request *req)
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
{
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 12:15:47 +00:00
int ret;
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 12:15:47 +00:00
mac80211: handle failed restart/resume better When the driver fails during HW restart or resume, the whole stack goes into a very confused state with interfaces being up while the hardware is down etc. Address this by shutting down everything; we'll run into a lot of warnings in the process but that's better than having the whole stack get messed up. Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-30 12:19:04 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return -EIO;
mac80211: verify virtual interfaces in driver API The driver is never informed about monitor or AP_VLAN interfaces, so whenever we pass those to it later this is a bug. Verify we don't as there are some cases where this could happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-03 13:41:13 +00:00
mac80211: add support for HW scheduled scan Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled scans. This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in order to avoid duplicate code. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-11 14:09:36 +00:00
trace_drv_hw_scan(local, sdata);
mac80211: give virtual interface to hw_scan When scanning, it is somewhat important to scan on the correct virtual interface. All drivers that currently implement hw_scan only support a single virtual interface, but that may change and then we'd want to be ready. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-27 09:59:34 +00:00
ret = local->ops->hw_scan(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, req);
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 08:56:20 +00:00
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 11:46:22 +00:00
return ret;
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
}
mac80211: add cancel_hw_scan() callback When suspending, __ieee80211_suspend() calls ieee80211_scan_cancel(), which will only cancel sw scan. In order to cancel hw scan, the low-level driver has to cancel it in the suspend() callback. however, this is too late, as a new scan_work will be enqueued (while the driver is going into suspend). Add a new cancel_hw_scan() callback, asking the driver to cancel an active hw scan, and call it in ieee80211_scan_cancel(). Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Reviewed-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-06-13 09:47:30 +00:00
static inline void drv_cancel_hw_scan(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata)
{
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: add cancel_hw_scan() callback When suspending, __ieee80211_suspend() calls ieee80211_scan_cancel(), which will only cancel sw scan. In order to cancel hw scan, the low-level driver has to cancel it in the suspend() callback. however, this is too late, as a new scan_work will be enqueued (while the driver is going into suspend). Add a new cancel_hw_scan() callback, asking the driver to cancel an active hw scan, and call it in ieee80211_scan_cancel(). Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Reviewed-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-06-13 09:47:30 +00:00
mac80211: handle failed restart/resume better When the driver fails during HW restart or resume, the whole stack goes into a very confused state with interfaces being up while the hardware is down etc. Address this by shutting down everything; we'll run into a lot of warnings in the process but that's better than having the whole stack get messed up. Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-30 12:19:04 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return;
mac80211: verify virtual interfaces in driver API The driver is never informed about monitor or AP_VLAN interfaces, so whenever we pass those to it later this is a bug. Verify we don't as there are some cases where this could happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-03 13:41:13 +00:00
mac80211: add cancel_hw_scan() callback When suspending, __ieee80211_suspend() calls ieee80211_scan_cancel(), which will only cancel sw scan. In order to cancel hw scan, the low-level driver has to cancel it in the suspend() callback. however, this is too late, as a new scan_work will be enqueued (while the driver is going into suspend). Add a new cancel_hw_scan() callback, asking the driver to cancel an active hw scan, and call it in ieee80211_scan_cancel(). Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Reviewed-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-06-13 09:47:30 +00:00
trace_drv_cancel_hw_scan(local, sdata);
local->ops->cancel_hw_scan(&local->hw, &sdata->vif);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
mac80211: add support for HW scheduled scan Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled scans. This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in order to avoid duplicate code. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-11 14:09:36 +00:00
static inline int
drv_sched_scan_start(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req,
mac80211: split sched scan IEs Split sched scan IEs to band specific and not band specific blocks. Common IEs blocks may be sent to the FW once per command, instead of per band. This allows optimization of size of the command, which may be required by some drivers (eg. iwlmvm with newer firmware version). As this changes the mac80211 API, update all drivers to use the new version correctly, even if they don't (yet) make use of the split data. Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-06 14:15:23 +00:00
struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies)
mac80211: add support for HW scheduled scan Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled scans. This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in order to avoid duplicate code. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-11 14:09:36 +00:00
{
int ret;
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: add support for HW scheduled scan Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled scans. This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in order to avoid duplicate code. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-11 14:09:36 +00:00
mac80211: handle failed restart/resume better When the driver fails during HW restart or resume, the whole stack goes into a very confused state with interfaces being up while the hardware is down etc. Address this by shutting down everything; we'll run into a lot of warnings in the process but that's better than having the whole stack get messed up. Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-30 12:19:04 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return -EIO;
mac80211: verify virtual interfaces in driver API The driver is never informed about monitor or AP_VLAN interfaces, so whenever we pass those to it later this is a bug. Verify we don't as there are some cases where this could happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-03 13:41:13 +00:00
mac80211: add support for HW scheduled scan Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled scans. This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in order to avoid duplicate code. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-11 14:09:36 +00:00
trace_drv_sched_scan_start(local, sdata);
ret = local->ops->sched_scan_start(&local->hw, &sdata->vif,
req, ies);
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
return ret;
}
mac80211: allow driver to return error from sched_scan_stop In order to solve races with sched_scan_stop, it is necessary for the driver to be able to return an error to propagate that to cfg80211 so it doesn't send an event. Reviewed-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-17 09:48:17 +00:00
static inline int drv_sched_scan_stop(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata)
mac80211: add support for HW scheduled scan Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled scans. This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in order to avoid duplicate code. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-11 14:09:36 +00:00
{
mac80211: allow driver to return error from sched_scan_stop In order to solve races with sched_scan_stop, it is necessary for the driver to be able to return an error to propagate that to cfg80211 so it doesn't send an event. Reviewed-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-17 09:48:17 +00:00
int ret;
mac80211: add support for HW scheduled scan Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled scans. This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in order to avoid duplicate code. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-11 14:09:36 +00:00
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: add support for HW scheduled scan Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled scans. This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in order to avoid duplicate code. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-11 14:09:36 +00:00
mac80211: handle failed restart/resume better When the driver fails during HW restart or resume, the whole stack goes into a very confused state with interfaces being up while the hardware is down etc. Address this by shutting down everything; we'll run into a lot of warnings in the process but that's better than having the whole stack get messed up. Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-30 12:19:04 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return -EIO;
mac80211: verify virtual interfaces in driver API The driver is never informed about monitor or AP_VLAN interfaces, so whenever we pass those to it later this is a bug. Verify we don't as there are some cases where this could happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-03 13:41:13 +00:00
mac80211: add support for HW scheduled scan Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled scans. This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in order to avoid duplicate code. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-11 14:09:36 +00:00
trace_drv_sched_scan_stop(local, sdata);
mac80211: allow driver to return error from sched_scan_stop In order to solve races with sched_scan_stop, it is necessary for the driver to be able to return an error to propagate that to cfg80211 so it doesn't send an event. Reviewed-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-02-17 09:48:17 +00:00
ret = local->ops->sched_scan_stop(&local->hw, &sdata->vif);
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
return ret;
mac80211: add support for HW scheduled scan Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled scans. This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in order to avoid duplicate code. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-05-11 14:09:36 +00:00
}
mac80211: allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR Allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR with software based scanning and generate a random MAC address for them for every scan request with the flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-06-12 20:24:31 +00:00
static inline void drv_sw_scan_start(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
const u8 *mac_addr)
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
{
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 12:15:47 +00:00
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 12:15:47 +00:00
mac80211: allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR Allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR with software based scanning and generate a random MAC address for them for every scan request with the flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-06-12 20:24:31 +00:00
trace_drv_sw_scan_start(local, sdata, mac_addr);
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
if (local->ops->sw_scan_start)
mac80211: allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR Allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR with software based scanning and generate a random MAC address for them for every scan request with the flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-06-12 20:24:31 +00:00
local->ops->sw_scan_start(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, mac_addr);
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 08:56:20 +00:00
trace_drv_return_void(local);
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
}
mac80211: allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR Allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR with software based scanning and generate a random MAC address for them for every scan request with the flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-06-12 20:24:31 +00:00
static inline void drv_sw_scan_complete(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata)
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
{
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 12:15:47 +00:00
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 12:15:47 +00:00
mac80211: allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR Allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR with software based scanning and generate a random MAC address for them for every scan request with the flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-06-12 20:24:31 +00:00
trace_drv_sw_scan_complete(local, sdata);
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
if (local->ops->sw_scan_complete)
mac80211: allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR Allow drivers to support NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR with software based scanning and generate a random MAC address for them for every scan request with the flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-06-12 20:24:31 +00:00
local->ops->sw_scan_complete(&local->hw, &sdata->vif);
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 08:56:20 +00:00
trace_drv_return_void(local);
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
}
static inline int drv_get_stats(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats)
{
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 11:46:22 +00:00
int ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 12:15:47 +00:00
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 12:15:47 +00:00
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 11:46:22 +00:00
if (local->ops->get_stats)
ret = local->ops->get_stats(&local->hw, stats);
trace_drv_get_stats(local, stats, ret);
return ret;
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
}
mac80211: extend get_tkip_seq to all keys Extend the function to read the TKIP IV32/IV16 to read the IV/PN for all ciphers in order to allow drivers with full hardware crypto to properly support this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-20 16:12:41 +00:00
static inline void drv_get_key_seq(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_key *key,
struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq)
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
{
mac80211: extend get_tkip_seq to all keys Extend the function to read the TKIP IV32/IV16 to read the IV/PN for all ciphers in order to allow drivers with full hardware crypto to properly support this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-04-20 16:12:41 +00:00
if (local->ops->get_key_seq)
local->ops->get_key_seq(&local->hw, &key->conf, seq);
trace_drv_get_key_seq(local, &key->conf);
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
}
mac80211: support hardware TX fragmentation offload The lower driver is notified when the fragmentation threshold changes and upon a reconfig of the interface. If the driver supports hardware TX fragmentation, don't fragment packets in the stack. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-08 09:51:06 +00:00
static inline int drv_set_frag_threshold(struct ieee80211_local *local,
u32 value)
{
int ret = 0;
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: support hardware TX fragmentation offload The lower driver is notified when the fragmentation threshold changes and upon a reconfig of the interface. If the driver supports hardware TX fragmentation, don't fragment packets in the stack. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-08 09:51:06 +00:00
trace_drv_set_frag_threshold(local, value);
if (local->ops->set_frag_threshold)
ret = local->ops->set_frag_threshold(&local->hw, value);
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
return ret;
}
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
static inline int drv_set_rts_threshold(struct ieee80211_local *local,
u32 value)
{
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 11:46:22 +00:00
int ret = 0;
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 12:15:47 +00:00
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 12:15:47 +00:00
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 08:56:20 +00:00
trace_drv_set_rts_threshold(local, value);
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
if (local->ops->set_rts_threshold)
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 11:46:22 +00:00
ret = local->ops->set_rts_threshold(&local->hw, value);
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 08:56:20 +00:00
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 11:46:22 +00:00
return ret;
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
}
mac80211: Add new callback set_coverage_class Mac80211 callback to driver set_coverage_class() sets slot time and ACK timeout for given IEEE 802.11 coverage class. The callback is optional, but it's essential for long distance links. Signed-off-by: Lukas Turek <8an@praha12.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-21 21:50:48 +00:00
static inline int drv_set_coverage_class(struct ieee80211_local *local,
mac80211: extend set_coverage_class signature Extend mac80211 set_coverage_class API in order to enable ACK timeout estimation algorithm (dynack) passing coverage class equals to -1 to lower drivers. Synchronize set_coverage_class routine signature with mac80211 function pointer for p54, ath9k, ath9k_htc and ath5k drivers. Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-09-04 21:57:41 +00:00
s16 value)
mac80211: Add new callback set_coverage_class Mac80211 callback to driver set_coverage_class() sets slot time and ACK timeout for given IEEE 802.11 coverage class. The callback is optional, but it's essential for long distance links. Signed-off-by: Lukas Turek <8an@praha12.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-21 21:50:48 +00:00
{
int ret = 0;
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: Add new callback set_coverage_class Mac80211 callback to driver set_coverage_class() sets slot time and ACK timeout for given IEEE 802.11 coverage class. The callback is optional, but it's essential for long distance links. Signed-off-by: Lukas Turek <8an@praha12.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-21 21:50:48 +00:00
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 08:56:20 +00:00
trace_drv_set_coverage_class(local, value);
mac80211: Add new callback set_coverage_class Mac80211 callback to driver set_coverage_class() sets slot time and ACK timeout for given IEEE 802.11 coverage class. The callback is optional, but it's essential for long distance links. Signed-off-by: Lukas Turek <8an@praha12.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-21 21:50:48 +00:00
if (local->ops->set_coverage_class)
local->ops->set_coverage_class(&local->hw, value);
else
ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 08:56:20 +00:00
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
mac80211: Add new callback set_coverage_class Mac80211 callback to driver set_coverage_class() sets slot time and ACK timeout for given IEEE 802.11 coverage class. The callback is optional, but it's essential for long distance links. Signed-off-by: Lukas Turek <8an@praha12.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-21 21:50:48 +00:00
return ret;
}
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
static inline void drv_sta_notify(struct ieee80211_local *local,
mac80211: trace interface name It's not all that useful to have the vif/sdata pointer, we'd rather refer to the interfaces by their name. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 19:30:31 +00:00
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
enum sta_notify_cmd cmd,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
{
mac80211: do not pass AP VLAN vif pointers to drivers This fixes frequent WARN_ONs when using AP VLAN + aggregation, as these vifs are virtual and not registered with drivers. Use sta_info_get_bss instead of sta_info_get in aggregation callbacks, so that these callbacks can find the station entry when called with the AP vif. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-23 14:09:49 +00:00
sdata = get_bss_sdata(sdata);
mac80211: handle failed restart/resume better When the driver fails during HW restart or resume, the whole stack goes into a very confused state with interfaces being up while the hardware is down etc. Address this by shutting down everything; we'll run into a lot of warnings in the process but that's better than having the whole stack get messed up. Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-30 12:19:04 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return;
mac80211: verify virtual interfaces in driver API The driver is never informed about monitor or AP_VLAN interfaces, so whenever we pass those to it later this is a bug. Verify we don't as there are some cases where this could happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-03 13:41:13 +00:00
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 08:56:20 +00:00
trace_drv_sta_notify(local, sdata, cmd, sta);
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
if (local->ops->sta_notify)
mac80211: trace interface name It's not all that useful to have the vif/sdata pointer, we'd rather refer to the interfaces by their name. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-11-25 19:30:31 +00:00
local->ops->sta_notify(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, cmd, sta);
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 08:56:20 +00:00
trace_drv_return_void(local);
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
}
mac80211: allow station add/remove to sleep Many drivers would like to sleep during station addition and removal, and currently have a high complexity there from not being able to. This introduces two new callbacks sta_add() and sta_remove() that drivers can implement instead of using sta_notify() and that can sleep, and the new sta_add() callback is also allowed to fail. The reason we didn't do this previously is that the IBSS code wants to insert stations from the RX path, which is a tasklet, so cannot sleep. This patch will keep the station allocation in that path, but moves adding the station to the driver out of line. Since the addition can now fail, we can have IBSS peer structs the driver rejected -- in that case we still talk to the station but never tell the driver about it in the control.sta pointer. If there will ever be a driver that has a low limit on the number of stations and that cannot talk to any stations that are not known to it, we need to do come up with a new strategy of handling larger IBSSs, maybe quicker expiry or rejecting peers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-03 12:59:58 +00:00
static inline int drv_sta_add(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
{
int ret = 0;
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: allow station add/remove to sleep Many drivers would like to sleep during station addition and removal, and currently have a high complexity there from not being able to. This introduces two new callbacks sta_add() and sta_remove() that drivers can implement instead of using sta_notify() and that can sleep, and the new sta_add() callback is also allowed to fail. The reason we didn't do this previously is that the IBSS code wants to insert stations from the RX path, which is a tasklet, so cannot sleep. This patch will keep the station allocation in that path, but moves adding the station to the driver out of line. Since the addition can now fail, we can have IBSS peer structs the driver rejected -- in that case we still talk to the station but never tell the driver about it in the control.sta pointer. If there will ever be a driver that has a low limit on the number of stations and that cannot talk to any stations that are not known to it, we need to do come up with a new strategy of handling larger IBSSs, maybe quicker expiry or rejecting peers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-03 12:59:58 +00:00
mac80211: do not pass AP VLAN vif pointers to drivers This fixes frequent WARN_ONs when using AP VLAN + aggregation, as these vifs are virtual and not registered with drivers. Use sta_info_get_bss instead of sta_info_get in aggregation callbacks, so that these callbacks can find the station entry when called with the AP vif. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-23 14:09:49 +00:00
sdata = get_bss_sdata(sdata);
mac80211: handle failed restart/resume better When the driver fails during HW restart or resume, the whole stack goes into a very confused state with interfaces being up while the hardware is down etc. Address this by shutting down everything; we'll run into a lot of warnings in the process but that's better than having the whole stack get messed up. Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-30 12:19:04 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return -EIO;
mac80211: verify virtual interfaces in driver API The driver is never informed about monitor or AP_VLAN interfaces, so whenever we pass those to it later this is a bug. Verify we don't as there are some cases where this could happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-03 13:41:13 +00:00
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 08:56:20 +00:00
trace_drv_sta_add(local, sdata, sta);
mac80211: allow station add/remove to sleep Many drivers would like to sleep during station addition and removal, and currently have a high complexity there from not being able to. This introduces two new callbacks sta_add() and sta_remove() that drivers can implement instead of using sta_notify() and that can sleep, and the new sta_add() callback is also allowed to fail. The reason we didn't do this previously is that the IBSS code wants to insert stations from the RX path, which is a tasklet, so cannot sleep. This patch will keep the station allocation in that path, but moves adding the station to the driver out of line. Since the addition can now fail, we can have IBSS peer structs the driver rejected -- in that case we still talk to the station but never tell the driver about it in the control.sta pointer. If there will ever be a driver that has a low limit on the number of stations and that cannot talk to any stations that are not known to it, we need to do come up with a new strategy of handling larger IBSSs, maybe quicker expiry or rejecting peers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-03 12:59:58 +00:00
if (local->ops->sta_add)
ret = local->ops->sta_add(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, sta);
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 08:56:20 +00:00
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
mac80211: allow station add/remove to sleep Many drivers would like to sleep during station addition and removal, and currently have a high complexity there from not being able to. This introduces two new callbacks sta_add() and sta_remove() that drivers can implement instead of using sta_notify() and that can sleep, and the new sta_add() callback is also allowed to fail. The reason we didn't do this previously is that the IBSS code wants to insert stations from the RX path, which is a tasklet, so cannot sleep. This patch will keep the station allocation in that path, but moves adding the station to the driver out of line. Since the addition can now fail, we can have IBSS peer structs the driver rejected -- in that case we still talk to the station but never tell the driver about it in the control.sta pointer. If there will ever be a driver that has a low limit on the number of stations and that cannot talk to any stations that are not known to it, we need to do come up with a new strategy of handling larger IBSSs, maybe quicker expiry or rejecting peers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-03 12:59:58 +00:00
return ret;
}
static inline void drv_sta_remove(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
{
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: allow station add/remove to sleep Many drivers would like to sleep during station addition and removal, and currently have a high complexity there from not being able to. This introduces two new callbacks sta_add() and sta_remove() that drivers can implement instead of using sta_notify() and that can sleep, and the new sta_add() callback is also allowed to fail. The reason we didn't do this previously is that the IBSS code wants to insert stations from the RX path, which is a tasklet, so cannot sleep. This patch will keep the station allocation in that path, but moves adding the station to the driver out of line. Since the addition can now fail, we can have IBSS peer structs the driver rejected -- in that case we still talk to the station but never tell the driver about it in the control.sta pointer. If there will ever be a driver that has a low limit on the number of stations and that cannot talk to any stations that are not known to it, we need to do come up with a new strategy of handling larger IBSSs, maybe quicker expiry or rejecting peers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-03 12:59:58 +00:00
mac80211: do not pass AP VLAN vif pointers to drivers This fixes frequent WARN_ONs when using AP VLAN + aggregation, as these vifs are virtual and not registered with drivers. Use sta_info_get_bss instead of sta_info_get in aggregation callbacks, so that these callbacks can find the station entry when called with the AP vif. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-23 14:09:49 +00:00
sdata = get_bss_sdata(sdata);
mac80211: handle failed restart/resume better When the driver fails during HW restart or resume, the whole stack goes into a very confused state with interfaces being up while the hardware is down etc. Address this by shutting down everything; we'll run into a lot of warnings in the process but that's better than having the whole stack get messed up. Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-30 12:19:04 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return;
mac80211: verify virtual interfaces in driver API The driver is never informed about monitor or AP_VLAN interfaces, so whenever we pass those to it later this is a bug. Verify we don't as there are some cases where this could happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-03 13:41:13 +00:00
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 08:56:20 +00:00
trace_drv_sta_remove(local, sdata, sta);
mac80211: allow station add/remove to sleep Many drivers would like to sleep during station addition and removal, and currently have a high complexity there from not being able to. This introduces two new callbacks sta_add() and sta_remove() that drivers can implement instead of using sta_notify() and that can sleep, and the new sta_add() callback is also allowed to fail. The reason we didn't do this previously is that the IBSS code wants to insert stations from the RX path, which is a tasklet, so cannot sleep. This patch will keep the station allocation in that path, but moves adding the station to the driver out of line. Since the addition can now fail, we can have IBSS peer structs the driver rejected -- in that case we still talk to the station but never tell the driver about it in the control.sta pointer. If there will ever be a driver that has a low limit on the number of stations and that cannot talk to any stations that are not known to it, we need to do come up with a new strategy of handling larger IBSSs, maybe quicker expiry or rejecting peers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-03 12:59:58 +00:00
if (local->ops->sta_remove)
local->ops->sta_remove(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, sta);
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 08:56:20 +00:00
trace_drv_return_void(local);
mac80211: allow station add/remove to sleep Many drivers would like to sleep during station addition and removal, and currently have a high complexity there from not being able to. This introduces two new callbacks sta_add() and sta_remove() that drivers can implement instead of using sta_notify() and that can sleep, and the new sta_add() callback is also allowed to fail. The reason we didn't do this previously is that the IBSS code wants to insert stations from the RX path, which is a tasklet, so cannot sleep. This patch will keep the station allocation in that path, but moves adding the station to the driver out of line. Since the addition can now fail, we can have IBSS peer structs the driver rejected -- in that case we still talk to the station but never tell the driver about it in the control.sta pointer. If there will ever be a driver that has a low limit on the number of stations and that cannot talk to any stations that are not known to it, we need to do come up with a new strategy of handling larger IBSSs, maybe quicker expiry or rejecting peers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-02-03 12:59:58 +00:00
}
mac80211: Add debugfs callbacks for station addition/removal Provide drivers with hooks to create debugfs files when a new station is added. This would help drivers to take advantage of mac80211's station list infrastructure and not maintain tedious station management code internally. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com> [ifdef inline wrapper functions] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-20 03:16:02 +00:00
#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
wifi: mac80211: add a driver callback to add vif debugfs Add a callback which the driver can use to add the vif debugfs. We used to have this back until commit d260ff12e776 ("mac80211: remove vif debugfs driver callbacks") where we thought that it will be easier to just add them during interface add/remove. However, now with multi-link, we want to have proper debugfs for drivers for multi-link where some files might be in the netdev for non-MLO connections, and in the links for MLO ones, so we need to do some reconstruction when switching the mode. Moving to this new call enables that and MLO drivers will have to use it for proper debugfs operation. Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230928172905.ac38913f6ab7.Iee731d746bb08fcc628fa776f337016a12dc62ac@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-09-28 14:35:25 +00:00
static inline void drv_vif_add_debugfs(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata)
{
might_sleep();
if (sdata->vif.type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR ||
WARN_ON(!sdata->vif.debugfs_dir))
return;
sdata = get_bss_sdata(sdata);
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return;
if (local->ops->vif_add_debugfs)
local->ops->vif_add_debugfs(&local->hw, &sdata->vif);
}
wifi: mac80211: add netdev per-link debugfs data and driver hook This adds the infrastructure to have netdev specific per-link data both for mac80211 and the driver in debugfs. For the driver, a new callback is added which is only used if MLO is supported. Signed-off-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230301115906.fb4c947e4df8.I69b3516ddf4c8a7501b395f652d6063444ecad63@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-03-01 10:09:27 +00:00
static inline void drv_link_add_debugfs(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf,
struct dentry *dir)
{
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
wifi: mac80211: add netdev per-link debugfs data and driver hook This adds the infrastructure to have netdev specific per-link data both for mac80211 and the driver in debugfs. For the driver, a new callback is added which is only used if MLO is supported. Signed-off-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230301115906.fb4c947e4df8.I69b3516ddf4c8a7501b395f652d6063444ecad63@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-03-01 10:09:27 +00:00
sdata = get_bss_sdata(sdata);
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return;
if (local->ops->link_add_debugfs)
local->ops->link_add_debugfs(&local->hw, &sdata->vif,
link_conf, dir);
}
mac80211: Add debugfs callbacks for station addition/removal Provide drivers with hooks to create debugfs files when a new station is added. This would help drivers to take advantage of mac80211's station list infrastructure and not maintain tedious station management code internally. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com> [ifdef inline wrapper functions] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-20 03:16:02 +00:00
static inline void drv_sta_add_debugfs(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
struct dentry *dir)
{
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: Add debugfs callbacks for station addition/removal Provide drivers with hooks to create debugfs files when a new station is added. This would help drivers to take advantage of mac80211's station list infrastructure and not maintain tedious station management code internally. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com> [ifdef inline wrapper functions] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-20 03:16:02 +00:00
sdata = get_bss_sdata(sdata);
mac80211: handle failed restart/resume better When the driver fails during HW restart or resume, the whole stack goes into a very confused state with interfaces being up while the hardware is down etc. Address this by shutting down everything; we'll run into a lot of warnings in the process but that's better than having the whole stack get messed up. Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-30 12:19:04 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return;
mac80211: Add debugfs callbacks for station addition/removal Provide drivers with hooks to create debugfs files when a new station is added. This would help drivers to take advantage of mac80211's station list infrastructure and not maintain tedious station management code internally. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com> [ifdef inline wrapper functions] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-20 03:16:02 +00:00
if (local->ops->sta_add_debugfs)
local->ops->sta_add_debugfs(&local->hw, &sdata->vif,
sta, dir);
}
wifi: mac80211: add API to show the link STAs in debugfs Create debugfs data per-link. For drivers, there is a new operation link_sta_add_debugfs which will always be called. For non-MLO, the station directory will be used directly rather than creating a corresponding subdirectory. As such, non-MLO drivers can simply continue to create the data from sta_debugfs_add. Signed-off-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> [add missing inlines if !CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2022-09-06 12:26:52 +00:00
static inline void drv_link_sta_add_debugfs(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_link_sta *link_sta,
struct dentry *dir)
{
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
wifi: mac80211: add API to show the link STAs in debugfs Create debugfs data per-link. For drivers, there is a new operation link_sta_add_debugfs which will always be called. For non-MLO, the station directory will be used directly rather than creating a corresponding subdirectory. As such, non-MLO drivers can simply continue to create the data from sta_debugfs_add. Signed-off-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> [add missing inlines if !CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2022-09-06 12:26:52 +00:00
sdata = get_bss_sdata(sdata);
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return;
if (local->ops->link_sta_add_debugfs)
local->ops->link_sta_add_debugfs(&local->hw, &sdata->vif,
link_sta, dir);
}
wifi: mac80211: add a driver callback to add vif debugfs Add a callback which the driver can use to add the vif debugfs. We used to have this back until commit d260ff12e776 ("mac80211: remove vif debugfs driver callbacks") where we thought that it will be easier to just add them during interface add/remove. However, now with multi-link, we want to have proper debugfs for drivers for multi-link where some files might be in the netdev for non-MLO connections, and in the links for MLO ones, so we need to do some reconstruction when switching the mode. Moving to this new call enables that and MLO drivers will have to use it for proper debugfs operation. Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230928172905.ac38913f6ab7.Iee731d746bb08fcc628fa776f337016a12dc62ac@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-09-28 14:35:25 +00:00
#else
static inline void drv_vif_add_debugfs(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata)
{
might_sleep();
}
mac80211: Add debugfs callbacks for station addition/removal Provide drivers with hooks to create debugfs files when a new station is added. This would help drivers to take advantage of mac80211's station list infrastructure and not maintain tedious station management code internally. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com> [ifdef inline wrapper functions] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-20 03:16:02 +00:00
#endif
mac80211: add pre-RCU-sync sta removal driver operation Currently, mac80211 allows drivers to keep RCU-protected station references that are cleared when the station is removed from the driver and consequently needs to synchronize twice, once before removing the station from the driver (so it can guarantee that the station is no longer used in TX towards the driver) and once after the station is removed from the driver. Add a new pre-RCU-synchronisation station removal operation to the API to allow drivers to clear/invalidate their RCU-protected station pointers before the RCU synchronisation. This will allow removing the second synchronisation by changing the driver API so that the driver may no longer assume a valid RCU-protected pointer after sta_remove/sta_state returns. The alternative to this would be to synchronize_rcu() in all the drivers that currently rely on this behaviour (only iwlmvm) but that would defeat the purpose. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-04 21:39:17 +00:00
static inline void drv_sta_pre_rcu_remove(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct sta_info *sta)
{
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: add pre-RCU-sync sta removal driver operation Currently, mac80211 allows drivers to keep RCU-protected station references that are cleared when the station is removed from the driver and consequently needs to synchronize twice, once before removing the station from the driver (so it can guarantee that the station is no longer used in TX towards the driver) and once after the station is removed from the driver. Add a new pre-RCU-synchronisation station removal operation to the API to allow drivers to clear/invalidate their RCU-protected station pointers before the RCU synchronisation. This will allow removing the second synchronisation by changing the driver API so that the driver may no longer assume a valid RCU-protected pointer after sta_remove/sta_state returns. The alternative to this would be to synchronize_rcu() in all the drivers that currently rely on this behaviour (only iwlmvm) but that would defeat the purpose. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-04 21:39:17 +00:00
sdata = get_bss_sdata(sdata);
mac80211: handle failed restart/resume better When the driver fails during HW restart or resume, the whole stack goes into a very confused state with interfaces being up while the hardware is down etc. Address this by shutting down everything; we'll run into a lot of warnings in the process but that's better than having the whole stack get messed up. Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-30 12:19:04 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return;
mac80211: add pre-RCU-sync sta removal driver operation Currently, mac80211 allows drivers to keep RCU-protected station references that are cleared when the station is removed from the driver and consequently needs to synchronize twice, once before removing the station from the driver (so it can guarantee that the station is no longer used in TX towards the driver) and once after the station is removed from the driver. Add a new pre-RCU-synchronisation station removal operation to the API to allow drivers to clear/invalidate their RCU-protected station pointers before the RCU synchronisation. This will allow removing the second synchronisation by changing the driver API so that the driver may no longer assume a valid RCU-protected pointer after sta_remove/sta_state returns. The alternative to this would be to synchronize_rcu() in all the drivers that currently rely on this behaviour (only iwlmvm) but that would defeat the purpose. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-12-04 21:39:17 +00:00
trace_drv_sta_pre_rcu_remove(local, sdata, &sta->sta);
if (local->ops->sta_pre_rcu_remove)
local->ops->sta_pre_rcu_remove(&local->hw, &sdata->vif,
&sta->sta);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
mac80211: deinline drv_sta_state With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config, after deinlining the function size is 3132 bytes and there are 7 callsites. Total size reduction: about 20 kbytes. Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com> CC: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> CC: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-07-15 12:56:05 +00:00
__must_check
mac80211: add sta_state callback (based on Eliad's patch) Add a callback to notify the low-level driver whenever the state of a station changes. The driver is only notified when the station is actually in the mac80211 hash table, not for pre-insert state transitions. To allow the driver to replace sta_add/remove calls with this, call extra transitions with the NOTEXIST state. This callback can fail, so we need to be careful in handling it when a station is inserted, particularly in the IBSS case where we still keep the station entry around for mac80211 purposes. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-20 12:55:21 +00:00
int drv_sta_state(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct sta_info *sta,
enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state,
mac80211: deinline drv_sta_state With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config, after deinlining the function size is 3132 bytes and there are 7 callsites. Total size reduction: about 20 kbytes. Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com> CC: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> CC: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-07-15 12:56:05 +00:00
enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state);
mac80211: add sta_state callback (based on Eliad's patch) Add a callback to notify the low-level driver whenever the state of a station changes. The driver is only notified when the station is actually in the mac80211 hash table, not for pre-insert state transitions. To allow the driver to replace sta_add/remove calls with this, call extra transitions with the NOTEXIST state. This callback can fail, so we need to be careful in handling it when a station is inserted, particularly in the IBSS case where we still keep the station entry around for mac80211 purposes. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-01-20 12:55:21 +00:00
mac80211: store tx power value from user to station This patch introduce a new driver callback drv_sta_set_txpwr. This API will copy the transmit power value passed from user space and call the driver callback to set the tx power for the station. Co-developed-by: Balaji Pothunoori <bpothuno@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Ashok Raj Nagarajan <arnagara@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Balaji Pothunoori <bpothuno@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2019-03-29 10:49:09 +00:00
__must_check
int drv_sta_set_txpwr(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct sta_info *sta);
mac80211: Deinline drv_sta_rc_update() With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config_ALLYES_Os, after deinlining the function size is 706 bytes and there are 2 callsites, reducing code size by about 700 bytes. Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com> CC: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> CC: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> CC: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-09-18 13:19:35 +00:00
void drv_sta_rc_update(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 changed);
mac80211: notify driver of rate control updates Devices that have internal rate control need to be notified when the bandwidth or SMPS state changes just like external rate control algorithms get a notification now. Add this notification and clarify the change bits while at it, the HT_CHANGED bit really meant only bandwidth changed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2012-03-30 06:43:32 +00:00
mac80211: notify drivers on sta rate table changes This allows drivers with a firmware or chip-based rate lookup table to use the most recent default rate selection without having to get it from per-packet data or explicit ieee80211_get_tx_rate calls Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-18 23:10:42 +00:00
static inline void drv_sta_rate_tbl_update(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
{
sdata = get_bss_sdata(sdata);
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return;
trace_drv_sta_rate_tbl_update(local, sdata, sta);
if (local->ops->sta_rate_tbl_update)
local->ops->sta_rate_tbl_update(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, sta);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
mac80211: allow drivers to provide most station statistics In many cases, drivers can filter things like beacons that will skew statistics reported by mac80211. To get correct statistics in these cases, call drivers to obtain statistics and let them override all values, filling values from mac80211 if the driver didn't provide them. Not all of them make sense for the driver to fill, so some are still always done by mac80211. Note that this doesn't currently allow a driver to say "I know this value is wrong, don't report it at all", or to sum it up with a mac80211 value (as could be useful for "dropped misc"), that can be added if it turns out to be needed. This also gets rid of the get_rssi() method as is can now be implemented using sta_statistics(). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-17 10:35:23 +00:00
static inline void drv_sta_statistics(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
struct station_info *sinfo)
{
wifi: mac80211: add more ops assertions Add more might_sleep() checks and check sdata-in-driver for one additional place. type=feature ticket=jira:WIFI-314309 Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:36 +00:00
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
wifi: mac80211: add more ops assertions Add more might_sleep() checks and check sdata-in-driver for one additional place. type=feature ticket=jira:WIFI-314309 Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:36 +00:00
mac80211: allow drivers to provide most station statistics In many cases, drivers can filter things like beacons that will skew statistics reported by mac80211. To get correct statistics in these cases, call drivers to obtain statistics and let them override all values, filling values from mac80211 if the driver didn't provide them. Not all of them make sense for the driver to fill, so some are still always done by mac80211. Note that this doesn't currently allow a driver to say "I know this value is wrong, don't report it at all", or to sum it up with a mac80211 value (as could be useful for "dropped misc"), that can be added if it turns out to be needed. This also gets rid of the get_rssi() method as is can now be implemented using sta_statistics(). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-17 10:35:23 +00:00
sdata = get_bss_sdata(sdata);
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return;
trace_drv_sta_statistics(local, sdata, sta);
if (local->ops->sta_statistics)
local->ops->sta_statistics(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, sta, sinfo);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
mac80211: Deinline drv_conf_tx() With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config_ALLYES_Os, after deinlining the function size is 785 bytes and there are 7 callsites. Total size reduction is about 3.5 kbytes. Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com> CC: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> CC: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> CC: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-09-18 13:19:34 +00:00
int drv_conf_tx(struct ieee80211_local *local,
wifi: mac80211: change QoS settings API to take link into account Take the link into account in the QoS settings (EDCA parameters) APIs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2022-06-24 13:40:11 +00:00
struct ieee80211_link_data *link, u16 ac,
mac80211: Deinline drv_conf_tx() With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config_ALLYES_Os, after deinlining the function size is 785 bytes and there are 7 callsites. Total size reduction is about 3.5 kbytes. Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com> CC: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> CC: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> CC: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-09-18 13:19:34 +00:00
const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params);
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
mac80211: Deinline drv_get/set/reset_tsf() With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config_ALLYES_Os, after deinlining these functions have sizes and callsite counts as follows: drv_get_tsf: 634 bytes, 6 calls drv_set_tsf: 626 bytes, 2 calls drv_reset_tsf: 617 bytes, 2 calls Total size reduction is about 4.2 kbytes. Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com> CC: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> CC: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> CC: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-09-23 12:18:36 +00:00
u64 drv_get_tsf(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata);
void drv_set_tsf(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
u64 tsf);
mac80211: add offset_tsf driver op and use it for mesh This allows the mesh sync (and debugfs) code to make incremental TSF adjustments, avoiding any uncertainty introduced by delay in programming absolute TSF. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <twp@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-28 23:56:28 +00:00
void drv_offset_tsf(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
s64 offset);
mac80211: Deinline drv_get/set/reset_tsf() With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config_ALLYES_Os, after deinlining these functions have sizes and callsite counts as follows: drv_get_tsf: 634 bytes, 6 calls drv_set_tsf: 626 bytes, 2 calls drv_reset_tsf: 617 bytes, 2 calls Total size reduction is about 4.2 kbytes. Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com> CC: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> CC: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> CC: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-09-23 12:18:36 +00:00
void drv_reset_tsf(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata);
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
static inline int drv_tx_last_beacon(struct ieee80211_local *local)
{
treewide: fix typo of "suport" in various comments and Kconfig Signed-off-by: Masanari Iida <standby24x7@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
2012-08-22 10:11:26 +00:00
int ret = 0; /* default unsupported op for less congestion */
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 12:15:47 +00:00
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 12:15:47 +00:00
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 08:56:20 +00:00
trace_drv_tx_last_beacon(local);
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
if (local->ops->tx_last_beacon)
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 11:46:22 +00:00
ret = local->ops->tx_last_beacon(&local->hw);
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 08:56:20 +00:00
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
mac80211: driver operation debugging This makes mac80211 use the event tracing framework to log all operations as given to the driver. This will need to be extended with more information, but as a start it should be good. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-07-07 11:46:22 +00:00
return ret;
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
}
mac80211: Deinline drv_ampdu_action() With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config_ALLYES_Os, after deinlining the function size is 755 bytes and there are 6 callsites. Total size reduction is about 3.3 kbytes. Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com> CC: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> CC: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> CC: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-09-23 12:18:35 +00:00
int drv_ampdu_action(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
mac80211: pass block ack session timeout to to driver Currently mac80211 does not inform the driver of the session block ack timeout when starting a rx aggregation session. Drivers that manage the reorder buffer need to know this parameter. Seeing that there are now too many arguments for the drv_ampdu_action() function, wrap them inside a structure. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-12-30 14:06:04 +00:00
struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params);
cfg80211: add rfkill support To be easier on drivers and users, have cfg80211 register an rfkill structure that drivers can access. When soft-killed, simply take down all interfaces; when hard-killed the driver needs to notify us and we will take down the interfaces after the fact. While rfkilled, interfaces cannot be set UP. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-02 11:01:41 +00:00
mac80211: sample survey implementation for mac80211 & hwsim This adds the survey function to both mac80211 itself and to mac80211_hwsim. For the latter driver, we simply invent some noise level.A real driver which cannot determine the real channel noise MUST NOT report any noise, especially not a magically conjured one :-) Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-19 08:23:57 +00:00
static inline int drv_get_survey(struct ieee80211_local *local, int idx,
struct survey_info *survey)
{
int ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
mac80211: add basic tracing to drv_get_survey Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-29 18:51:23 +00:00
wifi: mac80211: add more ops assertions Add more might_sleep() checks and check sdata-in-driver for one additional place. type=feature ticket=jira:WIFI-314309 Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:36 +00:00
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
wifi: mac80211: add more ops assertions Add more might_sleep() checks and check sdata-in-driver for one additional place. type=feature ticket=jira:WIFI-314309 Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:36 +00:00
mac80211: add basic tracing to drv_get_survey Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-29 18:51:23 +00:00
trace_drv_get_survey(local, idx, survey);
mac80211: fix function pointer check This makes "iw wlan0 dump survey" work again with mac80211-based drivers that support it, e.g. ath5k. Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-07 14:33:49 +00:00
if (local->ops->get_survey)
mac80211: sample survey implementation for mac80211 & hwsim This adds the survey function to both mac80211 itself and to mac80211_hwsim. For the latter driver, we simply invent some noise level.A real driver which cannot determine the real channel noise MUST NOT report any noise, especially not a magically conjured one :-) Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-19 08:23:57 +00:00
ret = local->ops->get_survey(&local->hw, idx, survey);
mac80211: add basic tracing to drv_get_survey Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-29 18:51:23 +00:00
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
mac80211: sample survey implementation for mac80211 & hwsim This adds the survey function to both mac80211 itself and to mac80211_hwsim. For the latter driver, we simply invent some noise level.A real driver which cannot determine the real channel noise MUST NOT report any noise, especially not a magically conjured one :-) Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-04-19 08:23:57 +00:00
return ret;
}
cfg80211: add rfkill support To be easier on drivers and users, have cfg80211 register an rfkill structure that drivers can access. When soft-killed, simply take down all interfaces; when hard-killed the driver needs to notify us and we will take down the interfaces after the fact. While rfkilled, interfaces cannot be set UP. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-02 11:01:41 +00:00
static inline void drv_rfkill_poll(struct ieee80211_local *local)
{
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 12:15:47 +00:00
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 12:15:47 +00:00
cfg80211: add rfkill support To be easier on drivers and users, have cfg80211 register an rfkill structure that drivers can access. When soft-killed, simply take down all interfaces; when hard-killed the driver needs to notify us and we will take down the interfaces after the fact. While rfkilled, interfaces cannot be set UP. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-06-02 11:01:41 +00:00
if (local->ops->rfkill_poll)
local->ops->rfkill_poll(&local->hw);
}
mac80211: introduce flush operation We've long lacked a good confirmation that frames have really gone out, e.g. before going off-channel for a scan. Add a flush() operation that drivers can implement to provide that confirmation, and use it in a few places: * before scanning sends the nullfunc frames * after scanning sends the nullfunc frames, if any * when going idle, to send any pending frames Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 12:15:32 +00:00
mac80211: pass queue bitmap to flush operation There are a number of situations in which mac80211 only really needs to flush queues for one virtual interface, and in fact during this frames might be transmitted on other virtual interfaces. Calculate and pass a queue bitmap to the driver so it knows which queues to flush. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-13 11:11:00 +00:00
static inline void drv_flush(struct ieee80211_local *local,
mac80211: add vif to flush call This will allow the low level driver to make decision based on the vif such as queues etc... Since the vif might be NULL, we can't add it to the tracing functions. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> [fix staging rtl8821ae driver] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-03-27 09:30:29 +00:00
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
mac80211: pass queue bitmap to flush operation There are a number of situations in which mac80211 only really needs to flush queues for one virtual interface, and in fact during this frames might be transmitted on other virtual interfaces. Calculate and pass a queue bitmap to the driver so it knows which queues to flush. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-13 11:11:00 +00:00
u32 queues, bool drop)
mac80211: introduce flush operation We've long lacked a good confirmation that frames have really gone out, e.g. before going off-channel for a scan. Add a flush() operation that drivers can implement to provide that confirmation, and use it in a few places: * before scanning sends the nullfunc frames * after scanning sends the nullfunc frames, if any * when going idle, to send any pending frames Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 12:15:32 +00:00
{
wifi: mac80211: do not pass AP_VLAN vif pointer to drivers during flush This fixes WARN_ONs when using AP_VLANs after station removal. The flush call passed AP_VLAN vif to driver, but because these vifs are virtual and not registered with drivers, we need to translate to the correct AP vif first. Closes: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/issues/12420 Fixes: 0b75a1b1e42e ("wifi: mac80211: flush queues on STA removal") Fixes: d00800a289c9 ("wifi: mac80211: add flush_sta method") Tested-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com> Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@citymesh.com> Signed-off-by: Oldřich Jedlička <oldium.pro@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231104141333.3710-1-oldium.pro@gmail.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-11-04 14:13:33 +00:00
struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
mac80211: add vif to flush call This will allow the low level driver to make decision based on the vif such as queues etc... Since the vif might be NULL, we can't add it to the tracing functions. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> [fix staging rtl8821ae driver] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-03-27 09:30:29 +00:00
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 12:15:47 +00:00
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: annotate sleeping driver ops To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context, annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time, also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts. mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be removed in the future. Compile-tested only. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 12:15:47 +00:00
wifi: mac80211: do not pass AP_VLAN vif pointer to drivers during flush This fixes WARN_ONs when using AP_VLANs after station removal. The flush call passed AP_VLAN vif to driver, but because these vifs are virtual and not registered with drivers, we need to translate to the correct AP vif first. Closes: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/issues/12420 Fixes: 0b75a1b1e42e ("wifi: mac80211: flush queues on STA removal") Fixes: d00800a289c9 ("wifi: mac80211: add flush_sta method") Tested-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com> Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@citymesh.com> Signed-off-by: Oldřich Jedlička <oldium.pro@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231104141333.3710-1-oldium.pro@gmail.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-11-04 14:13:33 +00:00
sdata = get_bss_sdata(sdata);
vif = sdata ? &sdata->vif : NULL;
mac80211: handle failed restart/resume better When the driver fails during HW restart or resume, the whole stack goes into a very confused state with interfaces being up while the hardware is down etc. Address this by shutting down everything; we'll run into a lot of warnings in the process but that's better than having the whole stack get messed up. Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-30 12:19:04 +00:00
if (sdata && !check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return;
mac80211: add vif to flush call This will allow the low level driver to make decision based on the vif such as queues etc... Since the vif might be NULL, we can't add it to the tracing functions. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> [fix staging rtl8821ae driver] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-03-27 09:30:29 +00:00
mac80211: pass queue bitmap to flush operation There are a number of situations in which mac80211 only really needs to flush queues for one virtual interface, and in fact during this frames might be transmitted on other virtual interfaces. Calculate and pass a queue bitmap to the driver so it knows which queues to flush. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-13 11:11:00 +00:00
trace_drv_flush(local, queues, drop);
mac80211: introduce flush operation We've long lacked a good confirmation that frames have really gone out, e.g. before going off-channel for a scan. Add a flush() operation that drivers can implement to provide that confirmation, and use it in a few places: * before scanning sends the nullfunc frames * after scanning sends the nullfunc frames, if any * when going idle, to send any pending frames Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 12:15:32 +00:00
if (local->ops->flush)
mac80211: add vif to flush call This will allow the low level driver to make decision based on the vif such as queues etc... Since the vif might be NULL, we can't add it to the tracing functions. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> [fix staging rtl8821ae driver] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-03-27 09:30:29 +00:00
local->ops->flush(&local->hw, vif, queues, drop);
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 08:56:20 +00:00
trace_drv_return_void(local);
mac80211: introduce flush operation We've long lacked a good confirmation that frames have really gone out, e.g. before going off-channel for a scan. Add a flush() operation that drivers can implement to provide that confirmation, and use it in a few places: * before scanning sends the nullfunc frames * after scanning sends the nullfunc frames, if any * when going idle, to send any pending frames Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-12-23 12:15:32 +00:00
}
mac80211: add offload channel switch support This adds support for offloading the channel switch operation to devices that support such, typically by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons for this could be that the firmware provides better timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the device requires special handling of CSAs. In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to the device, the new channel_switch callback will pass through the received frame's mactime, where available. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-11 14:20:57 +00:00
wifi: mac80211: add flush_sta method Some drivers like iwlwifi might have per-STA queues, so we may want to flush/drop just those queues rather than all when removing a station. Add a separate method for that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-03-31 14:59:17 +00:00
static inline void drv_flush_sta(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct sta_info *sta)
{
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
wifi: mac80211: add flush_sta method Some drivers like iwlwifi might have per-STA queues, so we may want to flush/drop just those queues rather than all when removing a station. Add a separate method for that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-03-31 14:59:17 +00:00
wifi: mac80211: do not pass AP_VLAN vif pointer to drivers during flush This fixes WARN_ONs when using AP_VLANs after station removal. The flush call passed AP_VLAN vif to driver, but because these vifs are virtual and not registered with drivers, we need to translate to the correct AP vif first. Closes: https://github.com/openwrt/openwrt/issues/12420 Fixes: 0b75a1b1e42e ("wifi: mac80211: flush queues on STA removal") Fixes: d00800a289c9 ("wifi: mac80211: add flush_sta method") Tested-by: Konstantin Demin <rockdrilla@gmail.com> Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@citymesh.com> Signed-off-by: Oldřich Jedlička <oldium.pro@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231104141333.3710-1-oldium.pro@gmail.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-11-04 14:13:33 +00:00
sdata = get_bss_sdata(sdata);
wifi: mac80211: add flush_sta method Some drivers like iwlwifi might have per-STA queues, so we may want to flush/drop just those queues rather than all when removing a station. Add a separate method for that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-03-31 14:59:17 +00:00
if (sdata && !check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return;
trace_drv_flush_sta(local, sdata, &sta->sta);
if (local->ops->flush_sta)
local->ops->flush_sta(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, &sta->sta);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
mac80211: add offload channel switch support This adds support for offloading the channel switch operation to devices that support such, typically by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons for this could be that the firmware provides better timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the device requires special handling of CSAs. In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to the device, the new channel_switch callback will pass through the received frame's mactime, where available. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-11 14:20:57 +00:00
static inline void drv_channel_switch(struct ieee80211_local *local,
mac80211: allow channel switch with multiple channel contexts Channel switch with multiple channel contexts should now work fine. Remove check that disallows switches when multiple contexts are in use. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-08 06:48:40 +00:00
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch)
mac80211: add offload channel switch support This adds support for offloading the channel switch operation to devices that support such, typically by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons for this could be that the firmware provides better timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the device requires special handling of CSAs. In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to the device, the new channel_switch callback will pass through the received frame's mactime, where available. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-11 14:20:57 +00:00
{
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: add offload channel switch support This adds support for offloading the channel switch operation to devices that support such, typically by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons for this could be that the firmware provides better timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the device requires special handling of CSAs. In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to the device, the new channel_switch callback will pass through the received frame's mactime, where available. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-11 14:20:57 +00:00
mac80211: allow channel switch with multiple channel contexts Channel switch with multiple channel contexts should now work fine. Remove check that disallows switches when multiple contexts are in use. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-08 06:48:40 +00:00
trace_drv_channel_switch(local, sdata, ch_switch);
local->ops->channel_switch(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, ch_switch);
mac80211: bracket driver tracing Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked after and sometimes before the actual driver callback. This is fine as long as the driver has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does it gets confusing. To make traces containing such information easier to read, introduce a return tracer in mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver tracing, and invoke the real trace before the driver's callback, only showing the return value, if any, afterwards. Since tracing records the process, there's no problem with overlapping calls if that should happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-06-10 08:56:20 +00:00
trace_drv_return_void(local);
mac80211: add offload channel switch support This adds support for offloading the channel switch operation to devices that support such, typically by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons for this could be that the firmware provides better timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the device requires special handling of CSAs. In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to the device, the new channel_switch callback will pass through the received frame's mactime, where available. Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-05-11 14:20:57 +00:00
}
mac80211: Add antenna configuration Allow antenna configuration by calling driver's function for it. We disallow antenna configuration if the wiphy is already running, mainly to make life easier for 802.11n drivers which need to recalculate HT capabilites. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-10 03:50:56 +00:00
static inline int drv_set_antenna(struct ieee80211_local *local,
u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant)
{
int ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: Add antenna configuration Allow antenna configuration by calling driver's function for it. We disallow antenna configuration if the wiphy is already running, mainly to make life easier for 802.11n drivers which need to recalculate HT capabilites. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-10 03:50:56 +00:00
if (local->ops->set_antenna)
ret = local->ops->set_antenna(&local->hw, tx_ant, rx_ant);
trace_drv_set_antenna(local, tx_ant, rx_ant, ret);
return ret;
}
static inline int drv_get_antenna(struct ieee80211_local *local,
u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant)
{
int ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: Add antenna configuration Allow antenna configuration by calling driver's function for it. We disallow antenna configuration if the wiphy is already running, mainly to make life easier for 802.11n drivers which need to recalculate HT capabilites. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-11-10 03:50:56 +00:00
if (local->ops->get_antenna)
ret = local->ops->get_antenna(&local->hw, tx_ant, rx_ant);
trace_drv_get_antenna(local, *tx_ant, *rx_ant, ret);
return ret;
}
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-18 16:20:47 +00:00
static inline int drv_remain_on_channel(struct ieee80211_local *local,
mac80211: make remain_on_channel() op pass vif param Drivers (e.g. wl12xx) might need to know the vif to roc on (mainly in order to configure the rx filters correctly). Add the vif to the op params, and update the current users (iwlwifi) to use the new api. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> [fix hwsim] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-19 15:05:09 +00:00
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-18 16:20:47 +00:00
struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
mac80211: Allow drivers to differentiate between ROC types Some devices can handle remain on channel requests differently based on the request type/priority. Add support to differentiate between different ROC types, i.e., indicate that the ROC is required for sending managment frames. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-12 07:34:13 +00:00
unsigned int duration,
enum ieee80211_roc_type type)
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-18 16:20:47 +00:00
{
int ret;
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-18 16:20:47 +00:00
mac80211: Allow drivers to differentiate between ROC types Some devices can handle remain on channel requests differently based on the request type/priority. Add support to differentiate between different ROC types, i.e., indicate that the ROC is required for sending managment frames. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-12 07:34:13 +00:00
trace_drv_remain_on_channel(local, sdata, chan, duration, type);
mac80211: make remain_on_channel() op pass vif param Drivers (e.g. wl12xx) might need to know the vif to roc on (mainly in order to configure the rx filters correctly). Add the vif to the op params, and update the current users (iwlwifi) to use the new api. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> [fix hwsim] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-19 15:05:09 +00:00
ret = local->ops->remain_on_channel(&local->hw, &sdata->vif,
mac80211: Allow drivers to differentiate between ROC types Some devices can handle remain on channel requests differently based on the request type/priority. Add support to differentiate between different ROC types, i.e., indicate that the ROC is required for sending managment frames. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-02-12 07:34:13 +00:00
chan, duration, type);
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-18 16:20:47 +00:00
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
return ret;
}
mac80211: pass the vif to cancel_remain_on_channel This low level driver can find it useful to get the vif when a remain on channel session is cancelled. iwlwifi will need this soon. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190723180001.5828-1-emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2019-07-23 18:00:01 +00:00
static inline int
drv_cancel_remain_on_channel(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata)
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-18 16:20:47 +00:00
{
int ret;
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-18 16:20:47 +00:00
mac80211: pass the vif to cancel_remain_on_channel This low level driver can find it useful to get the vif when a remain on channel session is cancelled. iwlwifi will need this soon. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190723180001.5828-1-emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2019-07-23 18:00:01 +00:00
trace_drv_cancel_remain_on_channel(local, sdata);
ret = local->ops->cancel_remain_on_channel(&local->hw, &sdata->vif);
mac80211: implement hardware offload for remain-on-channel This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel offload if they implement smarter timing or need to use a device implementation like iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2010-12-18 16:20:47 +00:00
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
mac80211: support direct offchannel TX offload For devices supported by iwlwifi sometimes off-channel transmissions need to be handled by the device completely. To support this mac80211 needs to pass the frame directly to the driver and not through the TX path as the driver needs the frame and channel information at the same time. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-02-25 14:36:57 +00:00
return ret;
}
mac80211: implement support for cfg80211_ops->{get,set}_ringparam Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-03-07 21:19:18 +00:00
static inline int drv_set_ringparam(struct ieee80211_local *local,
u32 tx, u32 rx)
{
wifi: mac80211: Replace ENOTSUPP with EOPNOTSUPP ENOTSUP isn't a standard error code. EOPNOTSUPP should be used instead. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20231211085121.3841b71c867d.Idf2ad01d9dfe8d6d6c352bf02deb06e49701ad1d@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-12-11 07:05:25 +00:00
int ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
mac80211: implement support for cfg80211_ops->{get,set}_ringparam Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-03-07 21:19:18 +00:00
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: implement support for cfg80211_ops->{get,set}_ringparam Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-03-07 21:19:18 +00:00
trace_drv_set_ringparam(local, tx, rx);
if (local->ops->set_ringparam)
ret = local->ops->set_ringparam(&local->hw, tx, rx);
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
return ret;
}
static inline void drv_get_ringparam(struct ieee80211_local *local,
u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max)
{
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: implement support for cfg80211_ops->{get,set}_ringparam Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-03-07 21:19:18 +00:00
trace_drv_get_ringparam(local, tx, tx_max, rx, rx_max);
if (local->ops->get_ringparam)
local->ops->get_ringparam(&local->hw, tx, tx_max, rx, rx_max);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
mac80211: Check for queued frames before entering power save. In a highly noisy environment, the tx rate of the driver drops and the application slows down since it has not yet received ACKs for the frames already queued in the hardware. Since this ACK may take more than 100ms, stopping the dev queues for entering PS at this stage breaks applications, WMM test cases in my testing. If there are frames already pending in the tx queue, postponing the PS logic helps to avoid redundant queue stops. When power save is enabled by default and in a noisy environment, this API certainly helps in improving the average throughput. Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-04-06 06:11:10 +00:00
static inline bool drv_tx_frames_pending(struct ieee80211_local *local)
{
bool ret = false;
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: Check for queued frames before entering power save. In a highly noisy environment, the tx rate of the driver drops and the application slows down since it has not yet received ACKs for the frames already queued in the hardware. Since this ACK may take more than 100ms, stopping the dev queues for entering PS at this stage breaks applications, WMM test cases in my testing. If there are frames already pending in the tx queue, postponing the PS logic helps to avoid redundant queue stops. When power save is enabled by default and in a noisy environment, this API certainly helps in improving the average throughput. Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-04-06 06:11:10 +00:00
trace_drv_tx_frames_pending(local);
if (local->ops->tx_frames_pending)
ret = local->ops->tx_frames_pending(&local->hw);
trace_drv_return_bool(local, ret);
return ret;
}
mac80211: Add new API for rate selection This patch adds a new API for setting a TX rate mask in drivers that have rate control in either the firmware or hardware. This can be used for various purposes, for example, masking out the 11b rates in P2P operation. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-04-27 11:26:51 +00:00
static inline int drv_set_bitrate_mask(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask)
{
int ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: Add new API for rate selection This patch adds a new API for setting a TX rate mask in drivers that have rate control in either the firmware or hardware. This can be used for various purposes, for example, masking out the 11b rates in P2P operation. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-04-27 11:26:51 +00:00
mac80211: handle failed restart/resume better When the driver fails during HW restart or resume, the whole stack goes into a very confused state with interfaces being up while the hardware is down etc. Address this by shutting down everything; we'll run into a lot of warnings in the process but that's better than having the whole stack get messed up. Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-30 12:19:04 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return -EIO;
mac80211: verify virtual interfaces in driver API The driver is never informed about monitor or AP_VLAN interfaces, so whenever we pass those to it later this is a bug. Verify we don't as there are some cases where this could happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-03 13:41:13 +00:00
mac80211: Add new API for rate selection This patch adds a new API for setting a TX rate mask in drivers that have rate control in either the firmware or hardware. This can be used for various purposes, for example, masking out the 11b rates in P2P operation. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-04-27 11:26:51 +00:00
trace_drv_set_bitrate_mask(local, sdata, mask);
if (local->ops->set_bitrate_mask)
ret = local->ops->set_bitrate_mask(&local->hw,
&sdata->vif, mask);
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
return ret;
}
mac80211: support GTK rekey offload This adds the necessary mac80211 APIs to support GTK rekey offload, mirroring the functionality from cfg80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-05 14:35:41 +00:00
static inline void drv_set_rekey_data(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data)
{
wifi: mac80211: add more ops assertions Add more might_sleep() checks and check sdata-in-driver for one additional place. type=feature ticket=jira:WIFI-314309 Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:36 +00:00
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
wifi: mac80211: add more ops assertions Add more might_sleep() checks and check sdata-in-driver for one additional place. type=feature ticket=jira:WIFI-314309 Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:36 +00:00
mac80211: handle failed restart/resume better When the driver fails during HW restart or resume, the whole stack goes into a very confused state with interfaces being up while the hardware is down etc. Address this by shutting down everything; we'll run into a lot of warnings in the process but that's better than having the whole stack get messed up. Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-30 12:19:04 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return;
mac80211: verify virtual interfaces in driver API The driver is never informed about monitor or AP_VLAN interfaces, so whenever we pass those to it later this is a bug. Verify we don't as there are some cases where this could happen. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-11-03 13:41:13 +00:00
mac80211: support GTK rekey offload This adds the necessary mac80211 APIs to support GTK rekey offload, mirroring the functionality from cfg80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-05 14:35:41 +00:00
trace_drv_set_rekey_data(local, sdata, data);
if (local->ops->set_rekey_data)
local->ops->set_rekey_data(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, data);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
mac80211: convert rssi_callback() to event_callback() We will be able to add more events, such as MLME events and others. The low level driver may be interested in knowing about these events to dump firmware data upon failures, or to change parameters in case connection attempts fail etc... Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-16 21:23:34 +00:00
static inline void drv_event_callback(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
const struct ieee80211_event *event)
mac80211: add driver RSSI threshold events mac80211 maintains a running average of the RSSI when a STA is associated to an AP. Report threshold events to any driver that has registered callbacks for getting RSSI measurements. Implement callbacks in mac80211 so that driver can set thresholds. Add callbacks in mac80211 which is invoked when an RSSI threshold event occurs. mac80211: add tracing to rssi_reports api and remove extraneous fn argument mac80211: scale up rssi thresholds from driver by 16 before storing Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Venkataraman <meenakshi.venkataraman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-08 15:46:22 +00:00
{
mac80211: convert rssi_callback() to event_callback() We will be able to add more events, such as MLME events and others. The low level driver may be interested in knowing about these events to dump firmware data upon failures, or to change parameters in case connection attempts fail etc... Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-16 21:23:34 +00:00
trace_drv_event_callback(local, sdata, event);
if (local->ops->event_callback)
local->ops->event_callback(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, event);
mac80211: add driver RSSI threshold events mac80211 maintains a running average of the RSSI when a STA is associated to an AP. Report threshold events to any driver that has registered callbacks for getting RSSI measurements. Implement callbacks in mac80211 so that driver can set thresholds. Add callbacks in mac80211 which is invoked when an RSSI threshold event occurs. mac80211: add tracing to rssi_reports api and remove extraneous fn argument mac80211: scale up rssi thresholds from driver by 16 before storing Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Venkataraman <meenakshi.venkataraman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-07-08 15:46:22 +00:00
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
mac80211: allow releasing driver-buffered frames If there are frames for a station buffered in the driver, mac80211 announces those in the TIM IE but there's no way to release them. Add new API to release such frames and use it when the station polls for a frame. Since the API will soon also be used for uAPSD it is easily extensible. Note that before this change drivers announcing driver-buffered frames in the TIM bit actually will respond to a PS-Poll with a potentially lower priority frame (if there are any frames buffered in mac80211), after this patch a driver that hasn't been changed will no longer respond at all. This only affects ath9k, which will need to be fixed to implement the new API. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 14:04:32 +00:00
static inline void
drv_release_buffered_frames(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct sta_info *sta, u16 tids, int num_frames,
enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
bool more_data)
{
trace_drv_release_buffered_frames(local, &sta->sta, tids, num_frames,
reason, more_data);
if (local->ops->release_buffered_frames)
local->ops->release_buffered_frames(&local->hw, &sta->sta, tids,
num_frames, reason,
more_data);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
mac80211: explicitly notify drivers of frame release iwlwifi needs to know the number of frames that are going to be sent to a station while it is asleep so it can properly handle the uCode blocking of that station. Before uAPSD, we got by by telling the device that a single frame was going to be released whenever we encountered IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE. With uAPSD, however, that is no longer possible since there could be more than a single frame. To support this model, add a new callback to notify drivers when frames are going to be released. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2011-09-29 14:04:38 +00:00
static inline void
drv_allow_buffered_frames(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct sta_info *sta, u16 tids, int num_frames,
enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
bool more_data)
{
trace_drv_allow_buffered_frames(local, &sta->sta, tids, num_frames,
reason, more_data);
if (local->ops->allow_buffered_frames)
local->ops->allow_buffered_frames(&local->hw, &sta->sta,
tids, num_frames, reason,
more_data);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
mac80211: add command to get current rssi Get current rssi (in dBm) from the driver/FW. Instead of reporting the signal received in the last rx packet, which might be inaccurate if rx traffic is low and beacon filtering is enabled, get the signal from the driver/FW. Signed-off-by: Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-21 07:56:46 +00:00
mac80211: add TX prepare API Some drivers require setup before being able to send management frames in managed mode, in particular in multi-channel cases. Introduce API to allow the drivers to do such setup while being able to sleep waiting for the setup to finish in the device. This isn't possible inside the TX call since that can't sleep. A future patch may also restructure the TX retry to wait for the driver to report the frame status, as suggested by Arik in http://mid.gmane.org/CA+XVXffKSEL6ZQPQ98x-zO-NL2=TNF1uN==mprRyUmAaRn254g@mail.gmail.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-27 11:18:36 +00:00
static inline void drv_mgd_prepare_tx(struct ieee80211_local *local,
mac80211: Support adding duration for prepare_tx() callback There are specific cases, such as SAE authentication exchange, that might require long duration to complete. For such cases, add support for indicating to the driver the required duration of the prepare_tx() operation, so the driver would still be able to complete the frame exchange. Currently, indicate the duration only for SAE authentication exchange, as SAE authentication can take up to 2000 msec (as defined in IEEE P802.11-REVmd D1.0 p. 3504). As the patch modified the prepare_tx() callback API, also modify the relevant code in iwlwifi. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-04-20 10:49:25 +00:00
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
mac80211: notify driver on mgd TX completion We have mgd_prepare_tx(), but sometimes drivers may want/need to take action when the exchange finishes, whether successfully or not. Add a notification to the driver on completion, i.e. call the new method mgd_complete_tx(). To unify the two scenarios, and to add more information, make both of them take a struct that has the duration (prepare only), subtype (both) and success (complete only). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20210618133832.5d94e78f6230.I6dc979606b6f28701b740d7aab725f7853a5a155@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2021-06-18 10:41:55 +00:00
struct ieee80211_prep_tx_info *info)
mac80211: add TX prepare API Some drivers require setup before being able to send management frames in managed mode, in particular in multi-channel cases. Introduce API to allow the drivers to do such setup while being able to sleep waiting for the setup to finish in the device. This isn't possible inside the TX call since that can't sleep. A future patch may also restructure the TX retry to wait for the driver to report the frame status, as suggested by Arik in http://mid.gmane.org/CA+XVXffKSEL6ZQPQ98x-zO-NL2=TNF1uN==mprRyUmAaRn254g@mail.gmail.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-27 11:18:36 +00:00
{
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: add TX prepare API Some drivers require setup before being able to send management frames in managed mode, in particular in multi-channel cases. Introduce API to allow the drivers to do such setup while being able to sleep waiting for the setup to finish in the device. This isn't possible inside the TX call since that can't sleep. A future patch may also restructure the TX retry to wait for the driver to report the frame status, as suggested by Arik in http://mid.gmane.org/CA+XVXffKSEL6ZQPQ98x-zO-NL2=TNF1uN==mprRyUmAaRn254g@mail.gmail.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-27 11:18:36 +00:00
mac80211: handle failed restart/resume better When the driver fails during HW restart or resume, the whole stack goes into a very confused state with interfaces being up while the hardware is down etc. Address this by shutting down everything; we'll run into a lot of warnings in the process but that's better than having the whole stack get messed up. Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-30 12:19:04 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return;
mac80211: add TX prepare API Some drivers require setup before being able to send management frames in managed mode, in particular in multi-channel cases. Introduce API to allow the drivers to do such setup while being able to sleep waiting for the setup to finish in the device. This isn't possible inside the TX call since that can't sleep. A future patch may also restructure the TX retry to wait for the driver to report the frame status, as suggested by Arik in http://mid.gmane.org/CA+XVXffKSEL6ZQPQ98x-zO-NL2=TNF1uN==mprRyUmAaRn254g@mail.gmail.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-27 11:18:36 +00:00
WARN_ON_ONCE(sdata->vif.type != NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION);
wifi: mac80211: add link id to mgd_prepare_tx() As we are moving to MLO and links terms, also the airtime protection will be done for a link rather than for a vif. Thus, some drivers will need to know for which link to protect airtime. Add link id as a parameter to the mgd_prepare_tx() callback. Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230928172905.c7fc59a6780b.Ic88a5037d31e184a2dce0b031ece1a0a93a3a9da@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-09-28 14:35:34 +00:00
info->link_id = info->link_id < 0 ? 0 : info->link_id;
mac80211: notify driver on mgd TX completion We have mgd_prepare_tx(), but sometimes drivers may want/need to take action when the exchange finishes, whether successfully or not. Add a notification to the driver on completion, i.e. call the new method mgd_complete_tx(). To unify the two scenarios, and to add more information, make both of them take a struct that has the duration (prepare only), subtype (both) and success (complete only). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20210618133832.5d94e78f6230.I6dc979606b6f28701b740d7aab725f7853a5a155@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2021-06-18 10:41:55 +00:00
trace_drv_mgd_prepare_tx(local, sdata, info->duration,
info->subtype, info->success);
mac80211: add TX prepare API Some drivers require setup before being able to send management frames in managed mode, in particular in multi-channel cases. Introduce API to allow the drivers to do such setup while being able to sleep waiting for the setup to finish in the device. This isn't possible inside the TX call since that can't sleep. A future patch may also restructure the TX retry to wait for the driver to report the frame status, as suggested by Arik in http://mid.gmane.org/CA+XVXffKSEL6ZQPQ98x-zO-NL2=TNF1uN==mprRyUmAaRn254g@mail.gmail.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-27 11:18:36 +00:00
if (local->ops->mgd_prepare_tx)
mac80211: notify driver on mgd TX completion We have mgd_prepare_tx(), but sometimes drivers may want/need to take action when the exchange finishes, whether successfully or not. Add a notification to the driver on completion, i.e. call the new method mgd_complete_tx(). To unify the two scenarios, and to add more information, make both of them take a struct that has the duration (prepare only), subtype (both) and success (complete only). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20210618133832.5d94e78f6230.I6dc979606b6f28701b740d7aab725f7853a5a155@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2021-06-18 10:41:55 +00:00
local->ops->mgd_prepare_tx(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, info);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
static inline void drv_mgd_complete_tx(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_prep_tx_info *info)
{
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: notify driver on mgd TX completion We have mgd_prepare_tx(), but sometimes drivers may want/need to take action when the exchange finishes, whether successfully or not. Add a notification to the driver on completion, i.e. call the new method mgd_complete_tx(). To unify the two scenarios, and to add more information, make both of them take a struct that has the duration (prepare only), subtype (both) and success (complete only). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20210618133832.5d94e78f6230.I6dc979606b6f28701b740d7aab725f7853a5a155@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2021-06-18 10:41:55 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return;
WARN_ON_ONCE(sdata->vif.type != NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION);
trace_drv_mgd_complete_tx(local, sdata, info->duration,
info->subtype, info->success);
if (local->ops->mgd_complete_tx)
local->ops->mgd_complete_tx(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, info);
mac80211: add TX prepare API Some drivers require setup before being able to send management frames in managed mode, in particular in multi-channel cases. Introduce API to allow the drivers to do such setup while being able to sleep waiting for the setup to finish in the device. This isn't possible inside the TX call since that can't sleep. A future patch may also restructure the TX retry to wait for the driver to report the frame status, as suggested by Arik in http://mid.gmane.org/CA+XVXffKSEL6ZQPQ98x-zO-NL2=TNF1uN==mprRyUmAaRn254g@mail.gmail.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-27 11:18:36 +00:00
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
mac80211: introduce new ieee80211_ops Introduce channel context driver methods. The channel on a context channel is immutable, but the channel type and other properties can change. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 12:37:17 +00:00
mac80211: protect TDLS discovery session After sending a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP. Add a new mac80211 driver callback to allow discovery session protection. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-06-11 14:18:27 +00:00
static inline void
drv_mgd_protect_tdls_discover(struct ieee80211_local *local,
wifi: mac80211: make mgd_protect_tdls_discover MLO-aware Since userspace can choose now what link to establish the TDLS on, we should know on what channel to do session protection. Add a link id parameter to this callback. Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230928172905.ef12ce3eb835.If864f406cfd9e24f36a2b88fd13a37328633fcf9@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-09-28 14:35:35 +00:00
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
int link_id)
mac80211: protect TDLS discovery session After sending a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP. Add a new mac80211 driver callback to allow discovery session protection. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-06-11 14:18:27 +00:00
{
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: protect TDLS discovery session After sending a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP. Add a new mac80211 driver callback to allow discovery session protection. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-06-11 14:18:27 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return;
WARN_ON_ONCE(sdata->vif.type != NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION);
wifi: mac80211: make mgd_protect_tdls_discover MLO-aware Since userspace can choose now what link to establish the TDLS on, we should know on what channel to do session protection. Add a link id parameter to this callback. Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230928172905.ef12ce3eb835.If864f406cfd9e24f36a2b88fd13a37328633fcf9@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-09-28 14:35:35 +00:00
link_id = link_id > 0 ? link_id : 0;
mac80211: protect TDLS discovery session After sending a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP. Add a new mac80211 driver callback to allow discovery session protection. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-06-11 14:18:27 +00:00
trace_drv_mgd_protect_tdls_discover(local, sdata);
if (local->ops->mgd_protect_tdls_discover)
wifi: mac80211: make mgd_protect_tdls_discover MLO-aware Since userspace can choose now what link to establish the TDLS on, we should know on what channel to do session protection. Add a link id parameter to this callback. Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230928172905.ef12ce3eb835.If864f406cfd9e24f36a2b88fd13a37328633fcf9@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-09-28 14:35:35 +00:00
local->ops->mgd_protect_tdls_discover(&local->hw, &sdata->vif,
link_id);
mac80211: protect TDLS discovery session After sending a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP. Add a new mac80211 driver callback to allow discovery session protection. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-06-11 14:18:27 +00:00
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
mac80211: introduce new ieee80211_ops Introduce channel context driver methods. The channel on a context channel is immutable, but the channel type and other properties can change. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 12:37:17 +00:00
static inline int drv_add_chanctx(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_chanctx *ctx)
{
int ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
mac80211: document sleep requirements for channel context ops Channel context driver operations can sleep, so add might_sleep() and document this. Signed-off-by: Chaitanya T K <chaitanya.mgit@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-10-30 17:46:15 +00:00
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: document sleep requirements for channel context ops Channel context driver operations can sleep, so add might_sleep() and document this. Signed-off-by: Chaitanya T K <chaitanya.mgit@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-10-30 17:46:15 +00:00
mac80211: introduce new ieee80211_ops Introduce channel context driver methods. The channel on a context channel is immutable, but the channel type and other properties can change. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 12:37:17 +00:00
trace_drv_add_chanctx(local, ctx);
if (local->ops->add_chanctx)
ret = local->ops->add_chanctx(&local->hw, &ctx->conf);
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
mac80211: fix channel context iteration During suspend/resume channel contexts might be iterated even if they haven't been re-added to the driver, keep track of this and skip them in iteration. Also use the new status for sanity checks. Also clarify the fact that during HW restart all contexts are iterated over (thanks Eliad.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-12-13 16:42:30 +00:00
if (!ret)
ctx->driver_present = true;
mac80211: introduce new ieee80211_ops Introduce channel context driver methods. The channel on a context channel is immutable, but the channel type and other properties can change. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 12:37:17 +00:00
return ret;
}
static inline void drv_remove_chanctx(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_chanctx *ctx)
{
mac80211: document sleep requirements for channel context ops Channel context driver operations can sleep, so add might_sleep() and document this. Signed-off-by: Chaitanya T K <chaitanya.mgit@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-10-30 17:46:15 +00:00
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: document sleep requirements for channel context ops Channel context driver operations can sleep, so add might_sleep() and document this. Signed-off-by: Chaitanya T K <chaitanya.mgit@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-10-30 17:46:15 +00:00
mac80211: handle failed restart/resume better When the driver fails during HW restart or resume, the whole stack goes into a very confused state with interfaces being up while the hardware is down etc. Address this by shutting down everything; we'll run into a lot of warnings in the process but that's better than having the whole stack get messed up. Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-30 12:19:04 +00:00
if (WARN_ON(!ctx->driver_present))
return;
mac80211: introduce new ieee80211_ops Introduce channel context driver methods. The channel on a context channel is immutable, but the channel type and other properties can change. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 12:37:17 +00:00
trace_drv_remove_chanctx(local, ctx);
if (local->ops->remove_chanctx)
local->ops->remove_chanctx(&local->hw, &ctx->conf);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
mac80211: fix channel context iteration During suspend/resume channel contexts might be iterated even if they haven't been re-added to the driver, keep track of this and skip them in iteration. Also use the new status for sanity checks. Also clarify the fact that during HW restart all contexts are iterated over (thanks Eliad.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-12-13 16:42:30 +00:00
ctx->driver_present = false;
mac80211: introduce new ieee80211_ops Introduce channel context driver methods. The channel on a context channel is immutable, but the channel type and other properties can change. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 12:37:17 +00:00
}
static inline void drv_change_chanctx(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_chanctx *ctx,
u32 changed)
{
mac80211: document sleep requirements for channel context ops Channel context driver operations can sleep, so add might_sleep() and document this. Signed-off-by: Chaitanya T K <chaitanya.mgit@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-10-30 17:46:15 +00:00
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: document sleep requirements for channel context ops Channel context driver operations can sleep, so add might_sleep() and document this. Signed-off-by: Chaitanya T K <chaitanya.mgit@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-10-30 17:46:15 +00:00
mac80211: introduce new ieee80211_ops Introduce channel context driver methods. The channel on a context channel is immutable, but the channel type and other properties can change. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 12:37:17 +00:00
trace_drv_change_chanctx(local, ctx, changed);
mac80211: fix channel context iteration During suspend/resume channel contexts might be iterated even if they haven't been re-added to the driver, keep track of this and skip them in iteration. Also use the new status for sanity checks. Also clarify the fact that during HW restart all contexts are iterated over (thanks Eliad.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-12-13 16:42:30 +00:00
if (local->ops->change_chanctx) {
WARN_ON_ONCE(!ctx->driver_present);
mac80211: introduce new ieee80211_ops Introduce channel context driver methods. The channel on a context channel is immutable, but the channel type and other properties can change. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 12:37:17 +00:00
local->ops->change_chanctx(&local->hw, &ctx->conf, changed);
mac80211: fix channel context iteration During suspend/resume channel contexts might be iterated even if they haven't been re-added to the driver, keep track of this and skip them in iteration. Also use the new status for sanity checks. Also clarify the fact that during HW restart all contexts are iterated over (thanks Eliad.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-12-13 16:42:30 +00:00
}
mac80211: introduce new ieee80211_ops Introduce channel context driver methods. The channel on a context channel is immutable, but the channel type and other properties can change. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-06-26 12:37:17 +00:00
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
wifi: mac80211: isolate driver from inactive links In order to let the driver select active links and properly make multi-link connections, as a first step isolate the driver from inactive links, and set the active links to be only the association link for client-side interfaces. For AP side nothing changes since APs always have to have all their links active. To simplify things, update the for_each_sta_active_link() API to include the appropriate vif pointer. This also implies not allocating a chanctx for an inactive link, which requires a few more changes. Since we now no longer try to program multiple links to the driver, remove the check in the MLME code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2022-09-02 14:12:42 +00:00
int drv_assign_vif_chanctx(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf,
struct ieee80211_chanctx *ctx);
void drv_unassign_vif_chanctx(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf,
struct ieee80211_chanctx *ctx);
mac80211: Deinline drv_switch_vif_chanctx() With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config_ALLYES_Os, after deinlining the function size is 821 bytes and there are 2 callsites, reducing code size by about 800 bytes. Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com> CC: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> CC: John Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> CC: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> CC: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org [adjust code-style a bit] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-09-23 12:18:34 +00:00
int drv_switch_vif_chanctx(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs,
int n_vifs, enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode);
mac80211: add a single-transaction driver op to switch contexts In some cases, when the driver is already using all the channel contexts it can handle at once, we have to do an in-place switch (ie. we cannot afford using an extra context temporarily for the transaction). But some drivers may not support switching the channel context assigned to a vif on the fly (ie. without unassigning and assigning it) while others may only work if the context is changed on the fly, without unassigning it first. To allow these different scenarios, add a new driver operation that let's the driver decide how to handle an in-place switch. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-23 11:33:12 +00:00
mac80211: add explicit AP/GO driver operations Depending on the driver, a lot of setup may be necessary to start operating as an AP, some of which may fail. Add an explicit AP start driver method to make such failures easier to handle, and add an AP stop driver method for symmetry. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-19 13:44:42 +00:00
static inline int drv_start_ap(struct ieee80211_local *local,
wifi: mac80211: pass the link id in start/stop ap In start_ap and stop_ap mac80211 callbacks pass the link_id to the drivers. Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2022-06-02 12:08:16 +00:00
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
wifi: mac80211: replace link_id with link_conf in start/stop_ap() When calling start/stop_ap(), mac80211 already has a protected link_conf pointer. Pass it to the driver, so it shouldn't handle RCU protection. Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2022-06-29 09:22:24 +00:00
struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf)
mac80211: add explicit AP/GO driver operations Depending on the driver, a lot of setup may be necessary to start operating as an AP, some of which may fail. Add an explicit AP start driver method to make such failures easier to handle, and add an AP stop driver method for symmetry. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-19 13:44:42 +00:00
{
int ret = 0;
mac80211: document sleep requirements for channel context ops Channel context driver operations can sleep, so add might_sleep() and document this. Signed-off-by: Chaitanya T K <chaitanya.mgit@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-10-30 17:46:15 +00:00
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: document sleep requirements for channel context ops Channel context driver operations can sleep, so add might_sleep() and document this. Signed-off-by: Chaitanya T K <chaitanya.mgit@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-10-30 17:46:15 +00:00
mac80211: handle failed restart/resume better When the driver fails during HW restart or resume, the whole stack goes into a very confused state with interfaces being up while the hardware is down etc. Address this by shutting down everything; we'll run into a lot of warnings in the process but that's better than having the whole stack get messed up. Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-30 12:19:04 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return -EIO;
mac80211: add explicit AP/GO driver operations Depending on the driver, a lot of setup may be necessary to start operating as an AP, some of which may fail. Add an explicit AP start driver method to make such failures easier to handle, and add an AP stop driver method for symmetry. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-19 13:44:42 +00:00
wifi: mac80211: replace link_id with link_conf in start/stop_ap() When calling start/stop_ap(), mac80211 already has a protected link_conf pointer. Pass it to the driver, so it shouldn't handle RCU protection. Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2022-06-29 09:22:24 +00:00
trace_drv_start_ap(local, sdata, link_conf);
mac80211: add explicit AP/GO driver operations Depending on the driver, a lot of setup may be necessary to start operating as an AP, some of which may fail. Add an explicit AP start driver method to make such failures easier to handle, and add an AP stop driver method for symmetry. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-19 13:44:42 +00:00
if (local->ops->start_ap)
wifi: mac80211: replace link_id with link_conf in start/stop_ap() When calling start/stop_ap(), mac80211 already has a protected link_conf pointer. Pass it to the driver, so it shouldn't handle RCU protection. Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2022-06-29 09:22:24 +00:00
ret = local->ops->start_ap(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, link_conf);
mac80211: add explicit AP/GO driver operations Depending on the driver, a lot of setup may be necessary to start operating as an AP, some of which may fail. Add an explicit AP start driver method to make such failures easier to handle, and add an AP stop driver method for symmetry. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-19 13:44:42 +00:00
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
return ret;
}
static inline void drv_stop_ap(struct ieee80211_local *local,
wifi: mac80211: pass the link id in start/stop ap In start_ap and stop_ap mac80211 callbacks pass the link_id to the drivers. Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2022-06-02 12:08:16 +00:00
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
wifi: mac80211: replace link_id with link_conf in start/stop_ap() When calling start/stop_ap(), mac80211 already has a protected link_conf pointer. Pass it to the driver, so it shouldn't handle RCU protection. Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2022-06-29 09:22:24 +00:00
struct ieee80211_bss_conf *link_conf)
mac80211: add explicit AP/GO driver operations Depending on the driver, a lot of setup may be necessary to start operating as an AP, some of which may fail. Add an explicit AP start driver method to make such failures easier to handle, and add an AP stop driver method for symmetry. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-19 13:44:42 +00:00
{
wifi: mac80211: add more ops assertions Add more might_sleep() checks and check sdata-in-driver for one additional place. type=feature ticket=jira:WIFI-314309 Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:36 +00:00
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
wifi: mac80211: add more ops assertions Add more might_sleep() checks and check sdata-in-driver for one additional place. type=feature ticket=jira:WIFI-314309 Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:36 +00:00
mac80211: handle failed restart/resume better When the driver fails during HW restart or resume, the whole stack goes into a very confused state with interfaces being up while the hardware is down etc. Address this by shutting down everything; we'll run into a lot of warnings in the process but that's better than having the whole stack get messed up. Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-30 12:19:04 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return;
mac80211: add explicit AP/GO driver operations Depending on the driver, a lot of setup may be necessary to start operating as an AP, some of which may fail. Add an explicit AP start driver method to make such failures easier to handle, and add an AP stop driver method for symmetry. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-19 13:44:42 +00:00
wifi: mac80211: replace link_id with link_conf in start/stop_ap() When calling start/stop_ap(), mac80211 already has a protected link_conf pointer. Pass it to the driver, so it shouldn't handle RCU protection. Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2022-06-29 09:22:24 +00:00
trace_drv_stop_ap(local, sdata, link_conf);
mac80211: add explicit AP/GO driver operations Depending on the driver, a lot of setup may be necessary to start operating as an AP, some of which may fail. Add an explicit AP start driver method to make such failures easier to handle, and add an AP stop driver method for symmetry. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-19 13:44:42 +00:00
if (local->ops->stop_ap)
wifi: mac80211: replace link_id with link_conf in start/stop_ap() When calling start/stop_ap(), mac80211 already has a protected link_conf pointer. Pass it to the driver, so it shouldn't handle RCU protection. Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2022-06-29 09:22:24 +00:00
local->ops->stop_ap(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, link_conf);
mac80211: add explicit AP/GO driver operations Depending on the driver, a lot of setup may be necessary to start operating as an AP, some of which may fail. Add an explicit AP start driver method to make such failures easier to handle, and add an AP stop driver method for symmetry. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-10-19 13:44:42 +00:00
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
mac80211: replace restart_complete() with reconfig_complete() Drivers might want to know also when mac80211 has completed reconfiguring after resume (e.g. in order to know when frames can be passed to mac80211). Rename restart_complete() to a more-generic reconfig_complete(), and add a new enum to indicate the reconfiguration type. Update the current users with the new prototype. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-04 09:43:54 +00:00
static inline void
drv_reconfig_complete(struct ieee80211_local *local,
enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type)
mac80211: call driver method when restart completes When the driver requests a restart (reconfiguration) it gets all the normal method calls, but can't really tell why they're happening. Call a new restart_complete op in the driver when the restart completes, so it could keep its own state about the restart and clear it there. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-06 18:18:13 +00:00
{
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: call driver method when restart completes When the driver requests a restart (reconfiguration) it gets all the normal method calls, but can't really tell why they're happening. Call a new restart_complete op in the driver when the restart completes, so it could keep its own state about the restart and clear it there. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-06 18:18:13 +00:00
mac80211: replace restart_complete() with reconfig_complete() Drivers might want to know also when mac80211 has completed reconfiguring after resume (e.g. in order to know when frames can be passed to mac80211). Rename restart_complete() to a more-generic reconfig_complete(), and add a new enum to indicate the reconfiguration type. Update the current users with the new prototype. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-04 09:43:54 +00:00
trace_drv_reconfig_complete(local, reconfig_type);
if (local->ops->reconfig_complete)
local->ops->reconfig_complete(&local->hw, reconfig_type);
mac80211: call driver method when restart completes When the driver requests a restart (reconfiguration) it gets all the normal method calls, but can't really tell why they're happening. Call a new restart_complete op in the driver when the restart completes, so it could keep its own state about the restart and clear it there. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-11-06 18:18:13 +00:00
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
mac80211: add op to configure default key id There are hardwares which support offload of data packets for example when auto ARP is enabled the hw will send the ARP response. In such cases if WEP encryption is configured the hw must know the default WEP key in order to encrypt the packets correctly. When hw_accel is enabled and encryption type is set to WEP, the driver should get the default key index from mac80211. Signed-off-by: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com> [cleanups, fixes, documentation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-05-30 08:36:39 +00:00
static inline void
drv_set_default_unicast_key(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
int key_idx)
{
wifi: mac80211: add more ops assertions Add more might_sleep() checks and check sdata-in-driver for one additional place. type=feature ticket=jira:WIFI-314309 Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:36 +00:00
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
wifi: mac80211: add more ops assertions Add more might_sleep() checks and check sdata-in-driver for one additional place. type=feature ticket=jira:WIFI-314309 Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:36 +00:00
mac80211: handle failed restart/resume better When the driver fails during HW restart or resume, the whole stack goes into a very confused state with interfaces being up while the hardware is down etc. Address this by shutting down everything; we'll run into a lot of warnings in the process but that's better than having the whole stack get messed up. Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-30 12:19:04 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return;
mac80211: add op to configure default key id There are hardwares which support offload of data packets for example when auto ARP is enabled the hw will send the ARP response. In such cases if WEP encryption is configured the hw must know the default WEP key in order to encrypt the packets correctly. When hw_accel is enabled and encryption type is set to WEP, the driver should get the default key index from mac80211. Signed-off-by: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com> [cleanups, fixes, documentation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-05-30 08:36:39 +00:00
WARN_ON_ONCE(key_idx < -1 || key_idx > 3);
trace_drv_set_default_unicast_key(local, sdata, key_idx);
if (local->ops->set_default_unicast_key)
local->ops->set_default_unicast_key(&local->hw, &sdata->vif,
key_idx);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
mac80211: allow drivers to access IPv6 information To be able to implement NS response offloading (in regular operation or while in WoWLAN) drivers need to know the IPv6 addresses assigned to interfaces. Implement an IPv6 notifier in mac80211 to call the driver when addresses change. Unlike for IPv4, implement it as a callback rather than as a list in the BSS configuration, that is more flexible. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-01-14 14:14:34 +00:00
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
static inline void drv_ipv6_addr_change(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct inet6_dev *idev)
{
trace_drv_ipv6_addr_change(local, sdata);
if (local->ops->ipv6_addr_change)
local->ops->ipv6_addr_change(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, idev);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
#endif
mac80211: add channel switch command and beacon callbacks The count field in CSA must be decremented with each beacon transmitted. This patch implements the functionality for drivers using ieee80211_beacon_get(). Other drivers must call back manually after reaching count == 0. This patch also contains the handling and finish worker for the channel switch command, and mac80211/chanctx code to allow to change a channel definition of an active channel context. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> [small cleanups, catch identical chandef] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-07-11 14:09:06 +00:00
static inline void
drv_channel_switch_beacon(struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
{
struct ieee80211_local *local = sdata->local;
wifi: mac80211: add more ops assertions Add more might_sleep() checks and check sdata-in-driver for one additional place. type=feature ticket=jira:WIFI-314309 Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:36 +00:00
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
wifi: mac80211: add more ops assertions Add more might_sleep() checks and check sdata-in-driver for one additional place. type=feature ticket=jira:WIFI-314309 Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:36 +00:00
mac80211: add channel switch command and beacon callbacks The count field in CSA must be decremented with each beacon transmitted. This patch implements the functionality for drivers using ieee80211_beacon_get(). Other drivers must call back manually after reaching count == 0. This patch also contains the handling and finish worker for the channel switch command, and mac80211/chanctx code to allow to change a channel definition of an active channel context. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> [small cleanups, catch identical chandef] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-07-11 14:09:06 +00:00
if (local->ops->channel_switch_beacon) {
trace_drv_channel_switch_beacon(local, sdata, chandef);
local->ops->channel_switch_beacon(&local->hw, &sdata->vif,
chandef);
}
}
mac80211: add pre_channel_switch driver operation Some drivers may need to prepare for a channel switch also when it is initiated from the remote side (eg. station, P2P client). To make this possible, add a generic callback that can be called for all interface types. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-08 06:48:37 +00:00
static inline int
drv_pre_channel_switch(struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch)
{
struct ieee80211_local *local = sdata->local;
int ret = 0;
wifi: mac80211: add more ops assertions Add more might_sleep() checks and check sdata-in-driver for one additional place. type=feature ticket=jira:WIFI-314309 Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:36 +00:00
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
wifi: mac80211: add more ops assertions Add more might_sleep() checks and check sdata-in-driver for one additional place. type=feature ticket=jira:WIFI-314309 Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:36 +00:00
mac80211: add pre_channel_switch driver operation Some drivers may need to prepare for a channel switch also when it is initiated from the remote side (eg. station, P2P client). To make this possible, add a generic callback that can be called for all interface types. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-08 06:48:37 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return -EIO;
trace_drv_pre_channel_switch(local, sdata, ch_switch);
if (local->ops->pre_channel_switch)
ret = local->ops->pre_channel_switch(&local->hw, &sdata->vif,
ch_switch);
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
return ret;
}
mac80211: add post_channel_switch driver operation As a counterpart to the pre_channel_switch operation, add a post_channel_switch operation. This allows the drivers to go back to a normal configuration after the channel switch is completed. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-08 06:48:38 +00:00
static inline int
wifi: mac80211: add support for mld in ieee80211_chswitch_done This allows to finalize the CSA per link. In case the switch didn't work, tear down the MLD connection. Also pass the ieee80211_bss_conf to post_channel_switch to let the driver know which link completed the switch. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230828130311.3d3eacc88436.Ic2d14e2285aa1646216a56806cfd4a8d0054437c@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 10:04:10 +00:00
drv_post_channel_switch(struct ieee80211_link_data *link)
mac80211: add post_channel_switch driver operation As a counterpart to the pre_channel_switch operation, add a post_channel_switch operation. This allows the drivers to go back to a normal configuration after the channel switch is completed. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-08 06:48:38 +00:00
{
wifi: mac80211: add support for mld in ieee80211_chswitch_done This allows to finalize the CSA per link. In case the switch didn't work, tear down the MLD connection. Also pass the ieee80211_bss_conf to post_channel_switch to let the driver know which link completed the switch. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230828130311.3d3eacc88436.Ic2d14e2285aa1646216a56806cfd4a8d0054437c@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 10:04:10 +00:00
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata = link->sdata;
mac80211: add post_channel_switch driver operation As a counterpart to the pre_channel_switch operation, add a post_channel_switch operation. This allows the drivers to go back to a normal configuration after the channel switch is completed. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-08 06:48:38 +00:00
struct ieee80211_local *local = sdata->local;
int ret = 0;
wifi: mac80211: add more ops assertions Add more might_sleep() checks and check sdata-in-driver for one additional place. type=feature ticket=jira:WIFI-314309 Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:36 +00:00
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
wifi: mac80211: add more ops assertions Add more might_sleep() checks and check sdata-in-driver for one additional place. type=feature ticket=jira:WIFI-314309 Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:36 +00:00
mac80211: add post_channel_switch driver operation As a counterpart to the pre_channel_switch operation, add a post_channel_switch operation. This allows the drivers to go back to a normal configuration after the channel switch is completed. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-08 06:48:38 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return -EIO;
trace_drv_post_channel_switch(local, sdata);
if (local->ops->post_channel_switch)
wifi: mac80211: add support for mld in ieee80211_chswitch_done This allows to finalize the CSA per link. In case the switch didn't work, tear down the MLD connection. Also pass the ieee80211_bss_conf to post_channel_switch to let the driver know which link completed the switch. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230828130311.3d3eacc88436.Ic2d14e2285aa1646216a56806cfd4a8d0054437c@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 10:04:10 +00:00
ret = local->ops->post_channel_switch(&local->hw, &sdata->vif,
link->conf);
mac80211: add post_channel_switch driver operation As a counterpart to the pre_channel_switch operation, add a post_channel_switch operation. This allows the drivers to go back to a normal configuration after the channel switch is completed. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-08 06:48:38 +00:00
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
return ret;
}
mac80211: abort CSA if beacon does not include CSA IEs In case we receive a beacon without CSA IE while we are in the middle of channel switch - abort the operation. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2019-02-06 11:17:10 +00:00
static inline void
wifi: mac80211: pass link conf to abort_channel_switch Pass the link conf to the abort_channel_switch driver method so the driver can handle things correctly. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Miriam Rachel Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240228095718.27f621106ddd.Iadd3d69b722ffe5934779a32a0e4e596a4e33ed4@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2024-02-28 08:55:44 +00:00
drv_abort_channel_switch(struct ieee80211_link_data *link)
mac80211: abort CSA if beacon does not include CSA IEs In case we receive a beacon without CSA IE while we are in the middle of channel switch - abort the operation. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2019-02-06 11:17:10 +00:00
{
wifi: mac80211: pass link conf to abort_channel_switch Pass the link conf to the abort_channel_switch driver method so the driver can handle things correctly. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Miriam Rachel Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240228095718.27f621106ddd.Iadd3d69b722ffe5934779a32a0e4e596a4e33ed4@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2024-02-28 08:55:44 +00:00
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata = link->sdata;
mac80211: abort CSA if beacon does not include CSA IEs In case we receive a beacon without CSA IE while we are in the middle of channel switch - abort the operation. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2019-02-06 11:17:10 +00:00
struct ieee80211_local *local = sdata->local;
wifi: mac80211: add more ops assertions Add more might_sleep() checks and check sdata-in-driver for one additional place. type=feature ticket=jira:WIFI-314309 Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:36 +00:00
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
wifi: mac80211: add more ops assertions Add more might_sleep() checks and check sdata-in-driver for one additional place. type=feature ticket=jira:WIFI-314309 Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:36 +00:00
mac80211: abort CSA if beacon does not include CSA IEs In case we receive a beacon without CSA IE while we are in the middle of channel switch - abort the operation. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2019-02-06 11:17:10 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return;
trace_drv_abort_channel_switch(local, sdata);
if (local->ops->abort_channel_switch)
wifi: mac80211: pass link conf to abort_channel_switch Pass the link conf to the abort_channel_switch driver method so the driver can handle things correctly. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Miriam Rachel Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240228095718.27f621106ddd.Iadd3d69b722ffe5934779a32a0e4e596a4e33ed4@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2024-02-28 08:55:44 +00:00
local->ops->abort_channel_switch(&local->hw, &sdata->vif,
link->conf);
mac80211: abort CSA if beacon does not include CSA IEs In case we receive a beacon without CSA IE while we are in the middle of channel switch - abort the operation. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2019-02-06 11:17:10 +00:00
}
mac80211: notify driver on subsequent CSA beacons Some drivers may want to track further the CSA beacons, for example to compensate for buggy APs that change the beacon count or quiet mode during CSA flow. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2019-02-06 11:17:15 +00:00
static inline void
drv_channel_switch_rx_beacon(struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch)
{
struct ieee80211_local *local = sdata->local;
wifi: mac80211: add more ops assertions Add more might_sleep() checks and check sdata-in-driver for one additional place. type=feature ticket=jira:WIFI-314309 Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:36 +00:00
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
wifi: mac80211: add more ops assertions Add more might_sleep() checks and check sdata-in-driver for one additional place. type=feature ticket=jira:WIFI-314309 Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:36 +00:00
mac80211: notify driver on subsequent CSA beacons Some drivers may want to track further the CSA beacons, for example to compensate for buggy APs that change the beacon count or quiet mode during CSA flow. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2019-02-06 11:17:15 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return;
trace_drv_channel_switch_rx_beacon(local, sdata, ch_switch);
if (local->ops->channel_switch_rx_beacon)
local->ops->channel_switch_rx_beacon(&local->hw, &sdata->vif,
ch_switch);
}
mac80211: add explicit IBSS driver operations This can be useful for drivers if they have any failure cases when joining an IBSS. Also move setting the queue parameters to before this new call, in case the new driver op needs them already. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-08-19 16:48:41 +00:00
static inline int drv_join_ibss(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata)
{
int ret = 0;
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: handle failed restart/resume better When the driver fails during HW restart or resume, the whole stack goes into a very confused state with interfaces being up while the hardware is down etc. Address this by shutting down everything; we'll run into a lot of warnings in the process but that's better than having the whole stack get messed up. Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-30 12:19:04 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return -EIO;
mac80211: add explicit IBSS driver operations This can be useful for drivers if they have any failure cases when joining an IBSS. Also move setting the queue parameters to before this new call, in case the new driver op needs them already. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-08-19 16:48:41 +00:00
trace_drv_join_ibss(local, sdata, &sdata->vif.bss_conf);
if (local->ops->join_ibss)
ret = local->ops->join_ibss(&local->hw, &sdata->vif);
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
return ret;
}
static inline void drv_leave_ibss(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata)
{
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: handle failed restart/resume better When the driver fails during HW restart or resume, the whole stack goes into a very confused state with interfaces being up while the hardware is down etc. Address this by shutting down everything; we'll run into a lot of warnings in the process but that's better than having the whole stack get messed up. Reviewed-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-04-30 12:19:04 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return;
mac80211: add explicit IBSS driver operations This can be useful for drivers if they have any failure cases when joining an IBSS. Also move setting the queue parameters to before this new call, in case the new driver op needs them already. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2013-08-19 16:48:41 +00:00
trace_drv_leave_ibss(local, sdata);
if (local->ops->leave_ibss)
local->ops->leave_ibss(&local->hw, &sdata->vif);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
mac80211: export the expected throughput Add get_expected_throughput() API to mac80211 so that each driver can implement its own version based on the RC algorithm they are using (might be using an HW RC algo). The API returns a value expressed in Kbps. Also, add the new get_expected_throughput() member to the rate_control_ops structure in order to be able to query the RC algorithm (this patch provides an implementation of this API for both minstrel and minstrel_ht). The related member in the station_info object is now filled accordingly when dumping a station. Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-19 19:53:20 +00:00
static inline u32 drv_get_expected_throughput(struct ieee80211_local *local,
mac80211: call get_expected_throughput only after adding station Depending on which method the driver implements, userspace could call this (indirectly, by getting station info) before the driver knows about the station, possibly causing it to misbehave. Therefore, add a check for sta->uploaded which indicates that the driver knows about the station. Signed-off-by: Maxim Altshul <maxim.altshul@ti.com> [reword commit message] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-08-11 10:38:16 +00:00
struct sta_info *sta)
mac80211: export the expected throughput Add get_expected_throughput() API to mac80211 so that each driver can implement its own version based on the RC algorithm they are using (might be using an HW RC algo). The API returns a value expressed in Kbps. Also, add the new get_expected_throughput() member to the rate_control_ops structure in order to be able to query the RC algorithm (this patch provides an implementation of this API for both minstrel and minstrel_ht). The related member in the station_info object is now filled accordingly when dumping a station. Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-19 19:53:20 +00:00
{
u32 ret = 0;
mac80211: call get_expected_throughput only after adding station Depending on which method the driver implements, userspace could call this (indirectly, by getting station info) before the driver knows about the station, possibly causing it to misbehave. Therefore, add a check for sta->uploaded which indicates that the driver knows about the station. Signed-off-by: Maxim Altshul <maxim.altshul@ti.com> [reword commit message] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-08-11 10:38:16 +00:00
trace_drv_get_expected_throughput(&sta->sta);
if (local->ops->get_expected_throughput && sta->uploaded)
ret = local->ops->get_expected_throughput(&local->hw, &sta->sta);
mac80211: export the expected throughput Add get_expected_throughput() API to mac80211 so that each driver can implement its own version based on the RC algorithm they are using (might be using an HW RC algo). The API returns a value expressed in Kbps. Also, add the new get_expected_throughput() member to the rate_control_ops structure in order to be able to query the RC algorithm (this patch provides an implementation of this API for both minstrel and minstrel_ht). The related member in the station_info object is now filled accordingly when dumping a station. Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-05-19 19:53:20 +00:00
trace_drv_return_u32(local, ret);
return ret;
}
mac80211: add support for driver tx power reporting The configured tx power is often limited by hardware capabilities, channel settings, antenna configuration, etc. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [fix tracing compilation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-25 22:32:53 +00:00
static inline int drv_get_txpower(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata, int *dbm)
{
int ret;
wifi: mac80211: add more ops assertions Add more might_sleep() checks and check sdata-in-driver for one additional place. type=feature ticket=jira:WIFI-314309 Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:36 +00:00
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
wifi: mac80211: add more ops assertions Add more might_sleep() checks and check sdata-in-driver for one additional place. type=feature ticket=jira:WIFI-314309 Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:36 +00:00
mac80211: add support for driver tx power reporting The configured tx power is often limited by hardware capabilities, channel settings, antenna configuration, etc. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [fix tracing compilation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-10-25 22:32:53 +00:00
if (!local->ops->get_txpower)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
ret = local->ops->get_txpower(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, dbm);
trace_drv_get_txpower(local, sdata, *dbm, ret);
return ret;
}
mac80211: introduce TDLS channel switch ops Implement the cfg80211 TDLS channel switch ops and introduce new mac80211 ones for low-level drivers. Verify low-level driver support for the new ops when using the relevant wiphy feature bit. Also verify the peer supports channel switching before passing the command down. Add a new STA flag to track the off-channel state with the TDLS peer and make sure to cancel the channel-switch if the peer STA is unexpectedly removed. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-09 16:50:19 +00:00
static inline int
drv_tdls_channel_switch(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class,
struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie)
{
int ret;
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: introduce TDLS channel switch ops Implement the cfg80211 TDLS channel switch ops and introduce new mac80211 ones for low-level drivers. Verify low-level driver support for the new ops when using the relevant wiphy feature bit. Also verify the peer supports channel switching before passing the command down. Add a new STA flag to track the off-channel state with the TDLS peer and make sure to cancel the channel-switch if the peer STA is unexpectedly removed. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-09 16:50:19 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return -EIO;
if (!local->ops->tdls_channel_switch)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
trace_drv_tdls_channel_switch(local, sdata, sta, oper_class, chandef);
ret = local->ops->tdls_channel_switch(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, sta,
oper_class, chandef, tmpl_skb,
ch_sw_tm_ie);
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
return ret;
}
static inline void
drv_tdls_cancel_channel_switch(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
{
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: introduce TDLS channel switch ops Implement the cfg80211 TDLS channel switch ops and introduce new mac80211 ones for low-level drivers. Verify low-level driver support for the new ops when using the relevant wiphy feature bit. Also verify the peer supports channel switching before passing the command down. Add a new STA flag to track the off-channel state with the TDLS peer and make sure to cancel the channel-switch if the peer STA is unexpectedly removed. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-09 16:50:19 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return;
if (!local->ops->tdls_cancel_channel_switch)
return;
trace_drv_tdls_cancel_channel_switch(local, sdata, sta);
local->ops->tdls_cancel_channel_switch(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, sta);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
mac80211: add TDLS channel-switch Rx flow When receiving a TDLS channel switch request or response, parse the frame and call a new tdls_recv_channel_switch op in the low level driver with the parsed data. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2014-11-09 16:50:20 +00:00
static inline void
drv_tdls_recv_channel_switch(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params)
{
trace_drv_tdls_recv_channel_switch(local, sdata, params);
if (local->ops->tdls_recv_channel_switch)
local->ops->tdls_recv_channel_switch(&local->hw, &sdata->vif,
params);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
Revert "mac80211: Add TXQ scheduling API" This reverts commit e937b8da5a591f141fe41aa48a2e898df9888c95. Turns out that a new driver (mt76) is coming in through Kalle's tree, and will conflict with this. It also has some conflicting requirements, so we'll revisit this later. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-12-19 09:11:54 +00:00
static inline void drv_wake_tx_queue(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct txq_info *txq)
mac80211: add an intermediate software queue implementation This allows drivers to request per-vif and per-sta-tid queues from which they can pull frames. This makes it easier to keep the hardware queues short, and to improve fairness between clients and vifs. The task of scheduling packet transmission is left up to the driver - queueing is controlled by mac80211. Drivers can only dequeue packets by calling ieee80211_tx_dequeue. This makes it possible to add active queue management later without changing drivers using this code. This can also be used as a starting point to implement A-MSDU aggregation in a way that does not add artificially induced latency. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [resolved minor context conflict, minor changes, endian annotations] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-27 20:30:37 +00:00
{
Revert "mac80211: Add TXQ scheduling API" This reverts commit e937b8da5a591f141fe41aa48a2e898df9888c95. Turns out that a new driver (mt76) is coming in through Kalle's tree, and will conflict with this. It also has some conflicting requirements, so we'll revisit this later. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-12-19 09:11:54 +00:00
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata = vif_to_sdata(txq->txq.vif);
mac80211: mark TX-during-stop for TX in in_reconfig Mark TXQs as having seen transmit while they were stopped if we bail out of drv_wake_tx_queue() due to reconfig, so that the queue wake after this will make them catch up. This is particularly necessary for when TXQs are used for management packets since those TXQs won't see a lot of traffic that'd make them catch up later. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: 4856bfd23098 ("mac80211: do not call driver wake_tx_queue op during reconfig") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20211129152938.4573a221c0e1.I0d1d5daea3089be3fc0dccc92991b0f8c5677f0c@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2021-11-29 13:32:39 +00:00
/* In reconfig don't transmit now, but mark for waking later */
if (local->in_reconfig) {
wifi: mac80211: Proper mark iTXQs for resumption When a running wake_tx_queue() call is aborted due to a hw queue stop the corresponding iTXQ is not always correctly marked for resumption: wake_tx_push_queue() can stops the queue run without setting @IEEE80211_TXQ_STOP_NETIF_TX. Without the @IEEE80211_TXQ_STOP_NETIF_TX flag __ieee80211_wake_txqs() will not schedule a new queue run and remaining frames in the queue get stuck till another frame is queued to it. Fix the issue for all drivers - also the ones with custom wake_tx_queue callbacks - by moving the logic into ieee80211_tx_dequeue() and drop the redundant @txqs_stopped. @IEEE80211_TXQ_STOP_NETIF_TX is also renamed to @IEEE80211_TXQ_DIRTY to better describe the flag. Fixes: c850e31f79f0 ("wifi: mac80211: add internal handler for wake_tx_queue") Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221230121850.218810-1-alexander@wetzel-home.de Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2022-12-30 12:18:49 +00:00
set_bit(IEEE80211_TXQ_DIRTY, &txq->flags);
mac80211: do not call driver wake_tx_queue op during reconfig There are several scenarios in which mac80211 can call drv_wake_tx_queue after ieee80211_restart_hw has been called and has not yet completed. Driver private structs are considered uninitialized until mac80211 has uploaded the vifs, stations and keys again, so using private tx queue data during that time is not safe. The driver can also not rely on drv_reconfig_complete to figure out when it is safe to accept drv_wake_tx_queue calls again, because it is only called after all tx queues are woken again. To fix this, bail out early in drv_wake_tx_queue if local->in_reconfig is set. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2019-03-01 13:48:37 +00:00
return;
mac80211: mark TX-during-stop for TX in in_reconfig Mark TXQs as having seen transmit while they were stopped if we bail out of drv_wake_tx_queue() due to reconfig, so that the queue wake after this will make them catch up. This is particularly necessary for when TXQs are used for management packets since those TXQs won't see a lot of traffic that'd make them catch up later. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: 4856bfd23098 ("mac80211: do not call driver wake_tx_queue op during reconfig") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20211129152938.4573a221c0e1.I0d1d5daea3089be3fc0dccc92991b0f8c5677f0c@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2021-11-29 13:32:39 +00:00
}
mac80211: do not call driver wake_tx_queue op during reconfig There are several scenarios in which mac80211 can call drv_wake_tx_queue after ieee80211_restart_hw has been called and has not yet completed. Driver private structs are considered uninitialized until mac80211 has uploaded the vifs, stations and keys again, so using private tx queue data during that time is not safe. The driver can also not rely on drv_reconfig_complete to figure out when it is safe to accept drv_wake_tx_queue calls again, because it is only called after all tx queues are woken again. To fix this, bail out early in drv_wake_tx_queue if local->in_reconfig is set. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2019-03-01 13:48:37 +00:00
Revert "mac80211: Add TXQ scheduling API" This reverts commit e937b8da5a591f141fe41aa48a2e898df9888c95. Turns out that a new driver (mt76) is coming in through Kalle's tree, and will conflict with this. It also has some conflicting requirements, so we'll revisit this later. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-12-19 09:11:54 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return;
trace_drv_wake_tx_queue(local, sdata, txq);
local->ops->wake_tx_queue(&local->hw, &txq->txq);
mac80211: add an intermediate software queue implementation This allows drivers to request per-vif and per-sta-tid queues from which they can pull frames. This makes it easier to keep the hardware queues short, and to improve fairness between clients and vifs. The task of scheduling packet transmission is left up to the driver - queueing is controlled by mac80211. Drivers can only dequeue packets by calling ieee80211_tx_dequeue. This makes it possible to add active queue management later without changing drivers using this code. This can also be used as a starting point to implement A-MSDU aggregation in a way that does not add artificially induced latency. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [resolved minor context conflict, minor changes, endian annotations] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-03-27 20:30:37 +00:00
}
mac80211: Add TXQ scheduling API This adds an API to mac80211 to handle scheduling of TXQs. The interface between driver and mac80211 for TXQ handling is changed by adding two new functions: ieee80211_next_txq(), which will return the next TXQ to schedule in the current round-robin rotation, and ieee80211_return_txq(), which the driver uses to indicate that it has finished scheduling a TXQ (which will then be put back in the scheduling rotation if it isn't empty). The driver must call ieee80211_txq_schedule_start() at the start of each scheduling session, and ieee80211_txq_schedule_end() at the end. The API then guarantees that the same TXQ is not returned twice in the same session (so a driver can loop on ieee80211_next_txq() without worrying about breaking the loop. Usage of the new API is optional, so drivers can be ported one at a time. In this patch, the actual scheduling performed by mac80211 is simple round-robin, but a subsequent commit adds airtime fairness awareness to the scheduler. Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> [minor kernel-doc fix, propagate sparse locking checks out] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-12-19 01:02:06 +00:00
static inline void schedule_and_wake_txq(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct txq_info *txqi)
{
mac80211: Expose ieee80211_schedule_txq() function Since we reworked ieee80211_return_txq() so it assumes that the caller takes care of logging, we need another function that can be called without holding any locks. Introduce ieee80211_schedule_txq() which serves this purpose. Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2019-01-22 14:20:16 +00:00
ieee80211_schedule_txq(&local->hw, &txqi->txq);
mac80211: Add TXQ scheduling API This adds an API to mac80211 to handle scheduling of TXQs. The interface between driver and mac80211 for TXQ handling is changed by adding two new functions: ieee80211_next_txq(), which will return the next TXQ to schedule in the current round-robin rotation, and ieee80211_return_txq(), which the driver uses to indicate that it has finished scheduling a TXQ (which will then be put back in the scheduling rotation if it isn't empty). The driver must call ieee80211_txq_schedule_start() at the start of each scheduling session, and ieee80211_txq_schedule_end() at the end. The API then guarantees that the same TXQ is not returned twice in the same session (so a driver can loop on ieee80211_next_txq() without worrying about breaking the loop. Usage of the new API is optional, so drivers can be ported one at a time. In this patch, the actual scheduling performed by mac80211 is simple round-robin, but a subsequent commit adds airtime fairness awareness to the scheduler. Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> [minor kernel-doc fix, propagate sparse locking checks out] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-12-19 01:02:06 +00:00
drv_wake_tx_queue(local, txqi);
}
mac80211: add an option for drivers to check if packets can be aggregated Some hardwares have limitations on the packets' type in AMSDU. Add an optional driver callback to determine if two skbs can be used in the same AMSDU or not. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-09-05 05:06:11 +00:00
static inline int drv_can_aggregate_in_amsdu(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct sk_buff *head,
struct sk_buff *skb)
{
if (!local->ops->can_aggregate_in_amsdu)
return true;
return local->ops->can_aggregate_in_amsdu(&local->hw, head, skb);
}
mac80211: support FTM responder configuration/statistics New bss param ftm_responder is used to notify the driver to enable fine timing request (FTM) responder role in AP mode. Plumb the new cfg80211 API for FTM responder statistics through to the driver API in mac80211. Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-10-04 03:19:20 +00:00
static inline int
drv_get_ftm_responder_stats(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats)
{
u32 ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
wifi: mac80211: add more ops assertions Add more might_sleep() checks and check sdata-in-driver for one additional place. type=feature ticket=jira:WIFI-314309 Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:36 +00:00
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
wifi: mac80211: add more ops assertions Add more might_sleep() checks and check sdata-in-driver for one additional place. type=feature ticket=jira:WIFI-314309 Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:36 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return -EIO;
mac80211: support FTM responder configuration/statistics New bss param ftm_responder is used to notify the driver to enable fine timing request (FTM) responder role in AP mode. Plumb the new cfg80211 API for FTM responder statistics through to the driver API in mac80211. Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu <pradeepc@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-10-04 03:19:20 +00:00
if (local->ops->get_ftm_responder_stats)
ret = local->ops->get_ftm_responder_stats(&local->hw,
&sdata->vif,
ftm_stats);
trace_drv_get_ftm_responder_stats(local, sdata, ftm_stats);
return ret;
}
mac80211: allow drivers to use peer measurement API There's nothing much for mac80211 to do, so only pass through the requests with minimal checks and tracing. The driver must call cfg80211's results APIs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-10-16 09:24:47 +00:00
static inline int drv_start_pmsr(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request)
{
int ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: allow drivers to use peer measurement API There's nothing much for mac80211 to do, so only pass through the requests with minimal checks and tracing. The driver must call cfg80211's results APIs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-10-16 09:24:47 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return -EIO;
trace_drv_start_pmsr(local, sdata);
if (local->ops->start_pmsr)
ret = local->ops->start_pmsr(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, request);
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
return ret;
}
static inline void drv_abort_pmsr(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request)
{
trace_drv_abort_pmsr(local, sdata);
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: allow drivers to use peer measurement API There's nothing much for mac80211 to do, so only pass through the requests with minimal checks and tracing. The driver must call cfg80211's results APIs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2018-10-16 09:24:47 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return;
if (local->ops->abort_pmsr)
local->ops->abort_pmsr(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, request);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
mac80211: add boilerplate code for start / stop NAN This code doesn't do much besides allowing to start and stop the vif. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-20 14:31:14 +00:00
static inline int drv_start_nan(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf)
{
int ret;
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: add boilerplate code for start / stop NAN This code doesn't do much besides allowing to start and stop the vif. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-20 14:31:14 +00:00
check_sdata_in_driver(sdata);
trace_drv_start_nan(local, sdata, conf);
ret = local->ops->start_nan(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, conf);
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
return ret;
}
static inline void drv_stop_nan(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata)
{
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: add boilerplate code for start / stop NAN This code doesn't do much besides allowing to start and stop the vif. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-20 14:31:14 +00:00
check_sdata_in_driver(sdata);
trace_drv_stop_nan(local, sdata);
local->ops->stop_nan(&local->hw, &sdata->vif);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
mac80211: implement nan_change_conf Implement nan_change_conf callback which allows to change current NAN configuration (master preference and dual band operation). Store the current NAN configuration in sdata, so it can be used both to provide the driver the updated configuration with changes and also it will be used in hw reconfig flows in next patches. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-20 14:31:19 +00:00
static inline int drv_nan_change_conf(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf,
u32 changes)
{
int ret;
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: implement nan_change_conf Implement nan_change_conf callback which allows to change current NAN configuration (master preference and dual band operation). Store the current NAN configuration in sdata, so it can be used both to provide the driver the updated configuration with changes and also it will be used in hw reconfig flows in next patches. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-20 14:31:19 +00:00
check_sdata_in_driver(sdata);
if (!local->ops->nan_change_conf)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
trace_drv_nan_change_conf(local, sdata, conf, changes);
ret = local->ops->nan_change_conf(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, conf,
changes);
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
return ret;
}
mac80211: Implement add_nan_func and rm_nan_func Implement add/rm_nan_func functions and handle NAN function termination notifications. Handle instance_id allocation for NAN functions and implement the reconfig flow. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-20 14:31:20 +00:00
static inline int drv_add_nan_func(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func)
{
int ret;
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: Implement add_nan_func and rm_nan_func Implement add/rm_nan_func functions and handle NAN function termination notifications. Handle instance_id allocation for NAN functions and implement the reconfig flow. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-20 14:31:20 +00:00
check_sdata_in_driver(sdata);
if (!local->ops->add_nan_func)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
trace_drv_add_nan_func(local, sdata, nan_func);
ret = local->ops->add_nan_func(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, nan_func);
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
return ret;
}
static inline void drv_del_nan_func(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
u8 instance_id)
{
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: Implement add_nan_func and rm_nan_func Implement add/rm_nan_func functions and handle NAN function termination notifications. Handle instance_id allocation for NAN functions and implement the reconfig flow. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-09-20 14:31:20 +00:00
check_sdata_in_driver(sdata);
trace_drv_del_nan_func(local, sdata, instance_id);
if (local->ops->del_nan_func)
local->ops->del_nan_func(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, instance_id);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
mac80211: Add api to support configuring TID specific configuration Implement drv_set_tid_config api to allow TID specific configuration and drv_reset_tid_config api to reset peer specific TID configuration. This per-TID onfiguration will be applied for all the connected stations when MAC is NULL. Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1579506687-18296-7-git-send-email-tamizhr@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-01-20 07:51:27 +00:00
static inline int drv_set_tid_config(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf)
{
int ret;
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: Add api to support configuring TID specific configuration Implement drv_set_tid_config api to allow TID specific configuration and drv_reset_tid_config api to reset peer specific TID configuration. This per-TID onfiguration will be applied for all the connected stations when MAC is NULL. Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1579506687-18296-7-git-send-email-tamizhr@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-01-20 07:51:27 +00:00
ret = local->ops->set_tid_config(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, sta,
tid_conf);
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
return ret;
}
static inline int drv_reset_tid_config(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
mac80211: fix variable names in TID config methods Fix all variable names from 'tid' to 'tids' to avoid confusion. Now this is not TID number, but TID mask. Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200424112905.26770-3-sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-04-24 11:29:02 +00:00
struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tids)
mac80211: Add api to support configuring TID specific configuration Implement drv_set_tid_config api to allow TID specific configuration and drv_reset_tid_config api to reset peer specific TID configuration. This per-TID onfiguration will be applied for all the connected stations when MAC is NULL. Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1579506687-18296-7-git-send-email-tamizhr@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-01-20 07:51:27 +00:00
{
int ret;
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: fix variable names in TID config methods Fix all variable names from 'tid' to 'tids' to avoid confusion. Now this is not TID number, but TID mask. Signed-off-by: Sergey Matyukevich <sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200424112905.26770-3-sergey.matyukevich.os@quantenna.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-04-24 11:29:02 +00:00
ret = local->ops->reset_tid_config(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, sta, tids);
mac80211: Add api to support configuring TID specific configuration Implement drv_set_tid_config api to allow TID specific configuration and drv_reset_tid_config api to reset peer specific TID configuration. This per-TID onfiguration will be applied for all the connected stations when MAC is NULL. Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1579506687-18296-7-git-send-email-tamizhr@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-01-20 07:51:27 +00:00
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
return ret;
}
mac80211: rework tx encapsulation offload API The current API (which lets the driver turn on/off per vif directly) has a number of limitations: - it does not deal with AP_VLAN - conditions for enabling (no tkip, no monitor) are only checked at add_interface time - no way to indicate 4-addr support In order to address this, store offload flags in struct ieee80211_vif (easy to extend for decap offload later). mac80211 initially sets the enable flag, but gives the driver a chance to modify it before its settings are applied. In addition to the .add_interface op, a .update_vif_offload op is introduced, which can be used for runtime changes. If a driver can't disable encap offload at runtime, or if it has some extra limitations, it can simply override the flags within those ops. Support for encap offload with 4-address mode interfaces can be enabled by setting a flag from .add_interface or .update_vif_offload. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908123702.88454-6-nbd@nbd.name [resolved conflict with commit aa2092a9bab3 ("ath11k: add raw mode and software crypto support")] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-09-08 12:36:53 +00:00
static inline void drv_update_vif_offload(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata)
{
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: rework tx encapsulation offload API The current API (which lets the driver turn on/off per vif directly) has a number of limitations: - it does not deal with AP_VLAN - conditions for enabling (no tkip, no monitor) are only checked at add_interface time - no way to indicate 4-addr support In order to address this, store offload flags in struct ieee80211_vif (easy to extend for decap offload later). mac80211 initially sets the enable flag, but gives the driver a chance to modify it before its settings are applied. In addition to the .add_interface op, a .update_vif_offload op is introduced, which can be used for runtime changes. If a driver can't disable encap offload at runtime, or if it has some extra limitations, it can simply override the flags within those ops. Support for encap offload with 4-address mode interfaces can be enabled by setting a flag from .add_interface or .update_vif_offload. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908123702.88454-6-nbd@nbd.name [resolved conflict with commit aa2092a9bab3 ("ath11k: add raw mode and software crypto support")] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-09-08 12:36:53 +00:00
check_sdata_in_driver(sdata);
if (!local->ops->update_vif_offload)
return;
trace_drv_update_vif_offload(local, sdata);
local->ops->update_vif_offload(&local->hw, &sdata->vif);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
mac80211: notify the driver when a sta uses 4-address mode This is needed for encapsulation offload of 4-address mode packets Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908123702.88454-14-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-09-08 12:37:01 +00:00
static inline void drv_sta_set_4addr(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool enabled)
{
sdata = get_bss_sdata(sdata);
wifi: mac80211: add more ops assertions Add more might_sleep() checks and check sdata-in-driver for one additional place. type=feature ticket=jira:WIFI-314309 Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:36 +00:00
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: notify the driver when a sta uses 4-address mode This is needed for encapsulation offload of 4-address mode packets Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908123702.88454-14-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-09-08 12:37:01 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return;
trace_drv_sta_set_4addr(local, sdata, sta, enabled);
if (local->ops->sta_set_4addr)
local->ops->sta_set_4addr(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, sta, enabled);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
mac80211: add rx decapsulation offload support This allows drivers to pass 802.3 frames to mac80211, with some restrictions: - the skb must be passed with a valid sta - fast-rx needs to be active for the sta - monitor mode needs to be disabled mac80211 will tell the driver when it is safe to enable rx decap offload for a particular station. In order to implement support, a driver must: - call ieee80211_hw_set(hw, SUPPORTS_RX_DECAP_OFFLOAD) - implement ops->sta_set_decap_offload - mark 802.3 frames with RX_FLAG_8023 If it doesn't want to enable offload for some vif types, it can mask out IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_DECAP_ENABLED in vif->offload_flags from within the .add_interface or .update_vif_offload driver ops Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201218184718.93650-6-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-12-18 18:47:18 +00:00
static inline void drv_sta_set_decap_offload(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
bool enabled)
{
sdata = get_bss_sdata(sdata);
wifi: mac80211: add more ops assertions Add more might_sleep() checks and check sdata-in-driver for one additional place. type=feature ticket=jira:WIFI-314309 Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:36 +00:00
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: add rx decapsulation offload support This allows drivers to pass 802.3 frames to mac80211, with some restrictions: - the skb must be passed with a valid sta - fast-rx needs to be active for the sta - monitor mode needs to be disabled mac80211 will tell the driver when it is safe to enable rx decap offload for a particular station. In order to implement support, a driver must: - call ieee80211_hw_set(hw, SUPPORTS_RX_DECAP_OFFLOAD) - implement ops->sta_set_decap_offload - mark 802.3 frames with RX_FLAG_8023 If it doesn't want to enable offload for some vif types, it can mask out IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_DECAP_ENABLED in vif->offload_flags from within the .add_interface or .update_vif_offload driver ops Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201218184718.93650-6-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2020-12-18 18:47:18 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return;
trace_drv_sta_set_decap_offload(local, sdata, sta, enabled);
if (local->ops->sta_set_decap_offload)
local->ops->sta_set_decap_offload(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, sta,
enabled);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
mac80211: introduce individual TWT support in AP mode Introduce TWT action frames parsing support to mac80211. Currently just individual TWT agreement are support in AP mode. Whenever the AP receives a TWT action frame from an associated client, after performing sanity checks, it will notify the underlay driver with requested parameters in order to check if they are supported and if there is enough room for a new agreement. The driver is expected to set the agreement result and report it to mac80211. Drivers supporting this have two new callbacks: - add_twt_setup (mandatory) - twt_teardown_request (optional) mac80211 will send an action frame reply according to the result reported by the driver. Tested-by: Peter Chiu <chui-hao.chiu@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/257512f2e22ba42b9f2624942a128dd8f141de4b.1629741512.git.lorenzo@kernel.org [use le16p_replace_bits(), minor cleanups, use (void *) casts, fix to use ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap() correctly] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2021-08-23 18:02:39 +00:00
static inline void drv_add_twt_setup(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
struct ieee80211_twt_setup *twt)
{
struct ieee80211_twt_params *twt_agrt;
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: introduce individual TWT support in AP mode Introduce TWT action frames parsing support to mac80211. Currently just individual TWT agreement are support in AP mode. Whenever the AP receives a TWT action frame from an associated client, after performing sanity checks, it will notify the underlay driver with requested parameters in order to check if they are supported and if there is enough room for a new agreement. The driver is expected to set the agreement result and report it to mac80211. Drivers supporting this have two new callbacks: - add_twt_setup (mandatory) - twt_teardown_request (optional) mac80211 will send an action frame reply according to the result reported by the driver. Tested-by: Peter Chiu <chui-hao.chiu@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/257512f2e22ba42b9f2624942a128dd8f141de4b.1629741512.git.lorenzo@kernel.org [use le16p_replace_bits(), minor cleanups, use (void *) casts, fix to use ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap() correctly] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2021-08-23 18:02:39 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return;
twt_agrt = (void *)twt->params;
trace_drv_add_twt_setup(local, sta, twt, twt_agrt);
local->ops->add_twt_setup(&local->hw, sta, twt);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
static inline void drv_twt_teardown_request(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
u8 flowid)
{
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: check wiphy mutex in ops Check that we hold the wiphy mutex in the ops when calling the driver, since we're now on our way to always hold it, and simplify the locking. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:52 +00:00
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
mac80211: introduce individual TWT support in AP mode Introduce TWT action frames parsing support to mac80211. Currently just individual TWT agreement are support in AP mode. Whenever the AP receives a TWT action frame from an associated client, after performing sanity checks, it will notify the underlay driver with requested parameters in order to check if they are supported and if there is enough room for a new agreement. The driver is expected to set the agreement result and report it to mac80211. Drivers supporting this have two new callbacks: - add_twt_setup (mandatory) - twt_teardown_request (optional) mac80211 will send an action frame reply according to the result reported by the driver. Tested-by: Peter Chiu <chui-hao.chiu@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/257512f2e22ba42b9f2624942a128dd8f141de4b.1629741512.git.lorenzo@kernel.org [use le16p_replace_bits(), minor cleanups, use (void *) casts, fix to use ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap() correctly] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2021-08-23 18:02:39 +00:00
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return;
if (!local->ops->twt_teardown_request)
return;
trace_drv_twt_teardown_request(local, sta, flowid);
local->ops->twt_teardown_request(&local->hw, sta, flowid);
trace_drv_return_void(local);
}
mac80211: add support for .ndo_fill_forward_path This allows drivers to provide a destination device + info for flow offload Only supported in combination with 802.3 encap offload Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Tested-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211112112223.1209-1-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2021-11-12 11:22:23 +00:00
static inline int drv_net_fill_forward_path(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
struct net_device_path_ctx *ctx,
struct net_device_path *path)
{
int ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
sdata = get_bss_sdata(sdata);
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return -EIO;
trace_drv_net_fill_forward_path(local, sdata, sta);
if (local->ops->net_fill_forward_path)
ret = local->ops->net_fill_forward_path(&local->hw,
&sdata->vif, sta,
ctx, path);
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
return ret;
}
wifi: mac80211: add support for letting drivers register tc offload support On newer MediaTek SoCs (e.g. MT7986), WLAN->WLAN or WLAN->Ethernet flows can be offloaded by the SoC. In order to support that, the .ndo_setup_tc op is needed. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230321091248.30947-1-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-03-21 09:12:48 +00:00
static inline int drv_net_setup_tc(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct net_device *dev,
enum tc_setup_type type, void *type_data)
{
int ret = -EOPNOTSUPP;
wifi: mac80211: add more ops assertions Add more might_sleep() checks and check sdata-in-driver for one additional place. type=feature ticket=jira:WIFI-314309 Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-08-28 11:59:36 +00:00
might_sleep();
wifi: mac80211: add support for letting drivers register tc offload support On newer MediaTek SoCs (e.g. MT7986), WLAN->WLAN or WLAN->Ethernet flows can be offloaded by the SoC. In order to support that, the .ndo_setup_tc op is needed. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230321091248.30947-1-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-03-21 09:12:48 +00:00
sdata = get_bss_sdata(sdata);
trace_drv_net_setup_tc(local, sdata, type);
if (local->ops->net_setup_tc)
ret = local->ops->net_setup_tc(&local->hw, &sdata->vif, dev,
type, type_data);
trace_drv_return_int(local, ret);
return ret;
}
wifi: mac80211: add a driver callback to check active_links During ieee80211_set_active_links() we do (among the others): 1. Call drv_change_vif_links() with both old_active and new_active 2. Unassign the chanctx for the removed link(s) (if any) 3. Assign chanctx to the added link(s) (if any) 4. Call drv_change_vif_links() with the new_active links bitmap The problem here is that during step #1 the driver doesn't know whether we will activate multiple links simultaneously or are just doing a link switch, so it can't check there if multiple links are supported/enabled. (Some of the drivers might enable/disable this option dynamically) And during step #3, in which the driver already knows that, returning an error code (for example when multiple links are not supported or disabled), will cause a warning, and we will still complete the transition to the new_active links. (It is hard to undo things in that stage, since we released channels etc.) Therefore add a driver callback to check if the desired new_active links will be supported by the driver or not. This callback will be called in the beginning of ieee80211_set_active_links() so we won't do anything before we are sure it is supported. Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20231220133549.64c4d70b33b8.I79708619be76b8ecd4ef3975205b8f903e24a2cd@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2023-12-20 11:41:45 +00:00
static inline bool drv_can_activate_links(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
u16 active_links)
{
bool ret = true;
lockdep_assert_wiphy(local->hw.wiphy);
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return false;
trace_drv_can_activate_links(local, sdata, active_links);
if (local->ops->can_activate_links)
ret = local->ops->can_activate_links(&local->hw, &sdata->vif,
active_links);
trace_drv_return_bool(local, ret);
return ret;
}
wifi: mac80211: isolate driver from inactive links In order to let the driver select active links and properly make multi-link connections, as a first step isolate the driver from inactive links, and set the active links to be only the association link for client-side interfaces. For AP side nothing changes since APs always have to have all their links active. To simplify things, update the for_each_sta_active_link() API to include the appropriate vif pointer. This also implies not allocating a chanctx for an inactive link, which requires a few more changes. Since we now no longer try to program multiple links to the driver, remove the check in the MLME code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2022-09-02 14:12:42 +00:00
int drv_change_vif_links(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
u16 old_links, u16 new_links,
struct ieee80211_bss_conf *old[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]);
int drv_change_sta_links(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
u16 old_links, u16 new_links);
wifi: mac80211: add sta link addition/removal Add the necessary infrastructure, including a new driver method, to add/remove links to/from a station. To do this, refactor the link alloc/free a bit, splitting that so we can do it without linking them, to handle failures better. Note that a station entry must be created representing an MLD or a non-MLD STA, it cannot change between the two. When representing an MLD, the 'deflink' is used for the first link, which might be removed later, in which case the memory isn't reused. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2022-05-31 21:20:08 +00:00
wifi: mac80211: process and save negotiated TID to Link mapping request An MLD may send TID-to-Link mapping request frame to negotiate TID to link mapping with a peer MLD. Support handling negotiated TID-to-Link mapping request frame by parsing the frame, asking the driver whether it supports the received mapping or not, and sending a TID-to-Link mapping response to the AP MLD. Theoretically, links that became inactive due to the received TID-to-Link mapping request, can be selected to be activated but this would require tearing down the negotiated TID-to-Link mapping, which is still not supported. Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240102213313.0bc1a24fcc9d.Ie72e47dc6f8c77d4a2f0947b775ef6367fe0edac@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2024-01-02 19:35:34 +00:00
static inline enum ieee80211_neg_ttlm_res
drv_can_neg_ttlm(struct ieee80211_local *local,
struct ieee80211_sub_if_data *sdata,
struct ieee80211_neg_ttlm *neg_ttlm)
{
enum ieee80211_neg_ttlm_res res = NEG_TTLM_RES_REJECT;
might_sleep();
if (!check_sdata_in_driver(sdata))
return -EIO;
trace_drv_can_neg_ttlm(local, sdata, neg_ttlm);
if (local->ops->can_neg_ttlm)
res = local->ops->can_neg_ttlm(&local->hw, &sdata->vif,
neg_ttlm);
trace_drv_neg_ttlm_res(local, sdata, res, neg_ttlm);
return res;
}
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
2009-04-23 16:52:52 +00:00
#endif /* __MAC80211_DRIVER_OPS */
Reference in New Issue Copy Permalink